Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 88

7-04-2006

9:44

Pagina 1

UNI EN ISO 9001


N. 9102.OMA3

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR OMAR LIFT


HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

D840MGB
D840M3L

D840MGB

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:44

Pagina 2

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS


CONTENT

1.

General information previous to the installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.005


D840M3L.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4

1.5
1.6
1.7

2.
ENGLISH

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.008


D840M3L.
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.008
D840M3L.
Pump units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.009
D840M3L.
Flexible hoses and rigid pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.010
D840M3L.

Assembling of the hydraulic components


3.1

3.2
3.3
3.4

4.

D840M3L.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.005
D840M3L.
Liability and guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.005
D840M3L.
Safety measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.005
D840M3L.
Warning on how to operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.005
D840M3L.
1.4.1 Safety on the working place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.005
D840M3L.
1.4.2 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.006
D840M3L.
1.4.3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.006
D840M3L.
1.4.4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.006
D840M3L.
1.4.5 Anti-pollution measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.006
D840M3L.
Control of the supplied material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.007
D840M3L.
Identification plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.007
D840M3L.
Features of the machine room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.007

Transport and storage of the hydraulic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.008


D840M3L.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

3.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.002
Pagina/page D840MGB.002
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical
Department
Technical Department

Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.011
D840M3L.
3.1.1 Assembling of the side acting cylinders, roped 2:1 o 1:1 . . . . . . . D840MGB.012
D840M3L.
3.1.2 Assembling of the underground direct acting cylinders . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.013
D840M3L.
3.1.3 Guide arms for telescopic cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.015
D840M3L.
3.1.4 Cylinders in two pieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.016
D840M3L.
3.1.5 Control of the new cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.018
D840M3L.
Pump units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.018
D840M3L.
Pipe and hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.018
D840M3L.
Connection of installations with two cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.021
D840M3L.

Electrical connections
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5

D840M3L.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.011

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.022
D840M3L.

General regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.022


D840M3L.
Connection box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.022
D840M3L.
Electrical connection of the three-phase motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.023
D840M3L.
Electrical connection of the mono-phase motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.025
D840M3L.
Motor protection with thermistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.026
D840M3L.

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

7-04-2006

9:44

Pagina 3

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
Pagina/page D840M3L.003
D840MGB.003
Data/date
30.06.
1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department

Technical Department

4.6

5.

Oil for lifts - Circuit filling and air purging


5.1
5.2
5.3

6.

8.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.035
D840M3L.

Check of the oil level in the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.035


D840M3L.
Check of the max pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.035
D840M3L.
Check of the start in upward direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.035
D840M3L.
Check of the sealing of seals and pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.035
D840M3L.
Check of the rupture valve intervention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.035
D840M3L.
Check of the installation at twice the static pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.036
D840M3L.
Check of the rod counter-pressure and hand manoeuvre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.036
D840M3L.
Check and adjusting of the hand pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.036
D840M3L.
Check of the time during which the motor is under tension . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.036
D840M3L.
Check of the motor and thermistor protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.037
D840M3L.
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.037
D840M3L.
D840M3L.
Manometer shut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.037

Adjusting and test of the rupture valve


7.1
7.2
7.3

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.038
D840M3L.

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.038


D840M3L.
Adjusting of the rupture valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.038
D840M3L.
Test and working of the rupture valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.040
D840M3L.

Adjusting and regulation of NL valve group


8.1
8.2

D840M3L.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.029
D840M3L.

Characteristics and choice of the oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.029


D840M3L.
Circuit filling and air purging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.031
D840M3L.
Filling and synchronisation of telescopic cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.034
D840M3L.

Controls and tests


6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12

7.

Electrical connection of the valve group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.026


D840M3L.
4.6.1 Valve for direct start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.027
D840M3L.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.041
D840M3L.

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.041


D840M3L.
Adjusting and regulation of NL valve group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.041
D840M3L.
8.2.1 Adjusting of the over-pressure valve: screw n 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.044
D840M3L.
8.2.2 Adjusting of the start in upward direction: screw n 7 . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.044
D840M3L.
8.2.3 Regulation of low speed: screw n 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.044
D840M3L.
8.2.4 Adjusting of the upward speed: screw n 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.045
D840M3L.
8.2.5 Adjusting of the max downward speed: screw n 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.045
D840M3L.
D840M3L.
8.2.6 Regulation of the deceleration from high to low speed: screw n 5 . . . D840MGB.045
D840M3L.
8.2.7 Rod counter-pressure and rope anti-loosening: screw n 3. . . . . . . D840MGB.046
D840M3L.
8.2.8 Adjusting of the hand pump pressure: screw n 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.046

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

ENGLISH

D840MGB

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:44

Pagina 4

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.004
Pagina/page D840MGB.004
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

8.2.9 Adjusting of the pressure switches (pressure: min-max-overload) . . D840MGB.047


D840M3L.
8.2.10 Diagrams: NL valve, VP rupture valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.049
D840M3L.

9.

Optional accessories
9.1
9.2
9.3

10.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.051
D840M3L.

Valve heating resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.051


D840M3L.
Oil heating resistence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.051
D840M3L.
Oil cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.052
D840M3L.
9.3.1 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.052
D840M3L.
9.3.2 Cooling system with air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.053
D840M3L.
9.3.3 Cooling system with water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.055
D840M3L.
9.3.4 Micro-levelling upward with subsidiary motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.057
D840M3L.
9.3.5 Manometer with electrical contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.059
D840M3L.

Maintenance of the hydraulic installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.061


D840M3L.

ENGLISH

10.1 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.061


D840M3L.
10.2 Oil losses and car lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.061
D840M3L.
10.2.1 Losses along the pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.061
D840M3L.
10.2.2 Cylinder losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.061
D840M3L.
10.2.3 Losses inside the valve group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.062
D840M3L.
10.3 Seal replacement on a single stage cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.067
D840M3L.
10.4 Air in the oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.068
D840M3L.
10.5 Filter cleaning inside the valve group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.069
D840M3L.
10.6 Mineral oil deterioration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.070
D840M3L.
10.7 Electrical anti-creep system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.070
D840M3L.
10.8 Emergency lowering with the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.070
D840M3L.
10.9 Plates, diagrams, instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.070
D840M3L.
10.10 Seal replacement on telescopic cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.070
D840M3L.
10.10.1 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.070
D840M3L.
10.10.2 Seal replacement on two-stage telescopic cylinders type CT-2 . . . D840MGB.071
D840M3L.
10.10.3 Seal replacement on three-stage telescopic cylinders type CT-3 . . D840MGB.074
D840M3L.
10.11 Possible problems and their solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.076
D840M3L.
10.12 Valve modification: from direct start to star/delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.081
D840M3L.
10.13 Periodical recommended maintenance sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.083
D840M3L.

11.

Dimensions and weights - Oil for telescopic cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.084


D840M3L.
11.1 Dimensions and weights of pump units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.084
D840M3L.
11.2 Dimensions and weights of one-stage cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.085
D840M3L.
11.3 Dimensions and weights of the telescopic cylinders, filling oil and oil
for movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D840MGB.086
D840M3L.

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB 7-04-2006
7-04-2006 9:44
9:44 Pagina
Pagina5 5

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
1.1. GENERAL
GENERALINFORMATION
INFORMATIONPREVIOUS
PREVIOUSTOTOTHE
THEINSTALLATION
INSTALLATION

The
Theassembly,
assembly,installation,
installation,put
putinto
intoaction
actionand
and
maintenance
maintenanceofofthe
thehydraulic
hydrauliclift
lifthave
havetotobebe
carried
carriedout
outonly
onlybybytrained
trainedstaff.
staff.Before
Beforestarting
starting
with
with any
any kind
kind ofof work
work onon the
the hydraulic
hydraulic
components,
components,ititisisnecessary
necessarythat
thatthe
thetrained
trainedstaff
staff
reads
readsthese
theseoperating
operatinginstructions
instructionscarefully;
carefully;inin
particular
particularchapters
chapters1.3
1.3" "Safety
Safetymeasures"
measures"and
and
1.4
1.4 "Warning
"Warning onon how
how toto operate".
operate". These
These
"Operating
"Operatinginstructions"
instructions"are
areananintegral
integralpart
partofof
the
theinstallation
installationand
andhave
havetotobebekept
keptinina asafe
safeand
and
accessible
accessibleplace.
place.
1.2
1.2 LIABILITY
LIABILITYAND
ANDGUARANTEE
GUARANTEE
These
These operating
operating instructions
instructions are
are addressed
addressed toto
staff
staff competent
competent inin installing,
installing, adjusting
adjusting and
and
maintenance
maintenanceoperations
operationsononthe
thehydraulic
hydrauliclifts.
lifts.
Omar
OmarLift
Liftdoes
doesnot
nottake
takeresponsibility
responsibilityfor
forany
anykind
kind
ofofdamage
damagecaused
causedbybyuse
usedifferent
differentfrom
fromthe
theone
one
hereby
herebyexplained,
explained,lack
lackofofexperience,
experience,carelessness
carelessness
byby people
people assigned
assigned toto the
the assembling,
assembling, repair
repair
operations
operationsofofthe
thehydraulic
hydrauliccomponents.
components.
Omar
Omar lift
lift guarantee
guarantee isis not
not valid
valid anymore
anymore ifif
components
componentsororspare
spareparts
partsdifferent
differentfrom
fromthe
the
original
originalones
onesare
areinstalled,
installed,and
andififmodifications
modificationsoror
repair
repair operations
operations are
are carried
carried out
out byby nonnonauthorised
authorisedorornon-qualified
non-qualifiedworkers.
workers.
1.3
1.3 SAFETY
SAFETYMEASURES
MEASURES
Installers
Installers and
and maintenance
maintenance staff
staff are
are fully
fully
responsible
responsiblefor
fortheir
theirsafety
safetywhile
whileworking.
working.AllAllthe
the
safety
safetymeasures
measuresininforce
forcehave
havetotobebeobserved
observed
carefully
carefully toto prevent
prevent competent
competent staff
staff oror any
any
possible
possiblenon-competent
non-competentpersons
personsororobjects,
objects,from
from
damages
damagesororaccidents
accidentsduring
duringthe
theinstallation
installationoror
maintenance
maintenanceworks.
works.
These
Theseoperating
operatinginstructions
instructionsreport
reportsome
somesymbols,
symbols,
which
whichcorrespond
correspondtotoimportant
importantsafety
safetymeasures.
measures.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to to
change
change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Danger:
Danger:This
Thissymbol
symboldraws
drawsattention
attentiontoto
high
highrisk
riskofofinjury
injuryofofpersons.
persons.ItItmust
must
always
alwaysbebeobeyed.
obeyed.
Warning:
Warning:This
Thissymbol
symboldraws
drawsattention
attentiontoto
information
informationwhich,
which,ififititisisnot
notobserved,
observed,
can
can lead
lead toto injury
injury toto persons
persons oror
extensive
extensivedamage
damagetotoproperty.
property.ItItmust
must
always
alwaysbebeobserved.
observed.
Caution:
Caution:This
Thissymbol
symboldraws
drawsattention
attentiontoto
information
information containing
containing important
important
instructions
instructionsfor
foruse.
use.Failure
Failuretotoobserve
observe
the
theinstructions
instructionscan
canlead
leadtotodamage
damageoror
danger.
danger.
1.4
1.4 WARNING
WARNINGON
ONHOW
HOWTOTOOPERATE
OPERATE
Hereby
Hereby follow
follow the
the most
most important
important principles
principles
which
whichalways
alwayshave
havetotobebeobserved
observedwhile
whileworking
working
ononhydraulic
hydraulicinstallations.
installations.These
Theseprinciples
principleswill
willnot
not
beberepeated
repeatedininthe
thefollowing
followingchapters,
chapters,because
because
they
theyare
areconsidered
consideredtotobebeknown.
known.
1.4.1
1.4.1SAFETY
SAFETYON
ONTHE
THEWORKING
WORKINGPLACE
PLACE
Lack
Lackofofobserving
observingsimple
simplesafety
safetyrules
rulesoror
lack
lackofofattention
attentioncan
canlead
leadtotoeven
evensevere
severe
incidents.
incidents.
InIn case
case ofof works
works onon the
the hydraulic
hydraulic
installation,
installation,ititisisnecessary
necessaryto:
to:
Get
Getthe
thelift
lifttotobebeatatthe
thebottom
bottomdirectly
directlyononthe
the
buffer;
buffer;
Block
Blockthe
themain
mainswitch
switchtotobebesure
surethat
thatthe
thelift
lift
can
cannot
notbebeput
putinto
intoservice
serviceunintentionally;
unintentionally;
Get
Getthe
theoiloilpressure
pressuretotozero
zerobefore
beforeopening
openingany
any
part
part ofof the
the hydraulic
hydraulic circuit,
circuit, caps
caps oror
unscrewing
unscrewingfittings;
fittings;
Prevent
Preventcinders
cindersfrom
fromgetting
gettinginincontact
contactwith
with
oil,
oil,rod
rodand
anditsitsseal
sealand
andallallthe
theelastic
elasticparts
partsofof

ENGLISH

1.1.
1.1.INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION

Pagina/page D840MGB.005
D840M3L.005
Pagina/page
Pagina/page
D840MGB.005
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
TechnicalDepartment
Department
Technical

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
6 6

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

thethe
installation
installation
during
during
welding
welding
operations;
operations;
GetGet
ridrid
of of
thethe
spilled
spilled
oil,oil,
oiloil
leakage,
leakage,
keep
keep
thethe
installation
installation
always
always
clean
clean
so so
that
that
anyany
leakage
leakage
cancan
be be
easily
easily
detected.
detected.
1.4.2
1.4.2
CLEANING
CLEANING
Cinders
Cinders
andand
dirtdirt
inside
inside
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
installation
installation
cause
cause
badbad
working
working
andand
precocious
precocious
wear.
wear.
Before
Before
assembling,
assembling,
it it
is is
necessary
necessaryto to
clean
clean
thethe
different
different
parts
parts
with
with
a lot
a lot
of of
care:
care:

ENGLISH

- -AllAll
thethe
possible
possible
protection
protection
caps,
caps,
plastic
plastic
bags
bags
andand
tape
tape
used
used
forfor
packing
packing
have
have
to to
be be
removed;
removed;
- -TheThe
connection
connection
pipes,
pipes,
whether
whether
they
they
areare
flexible
flexible
or or
iron
iron
have
have
to to
be be
cleaned
cleaned
perfectly
perfectly
from
from
thethe
inside.
inside.Especially
Especiallythetheiron
ironpipes
pipeshave
haveto tobe be
cleaned
cleaned
from
from
thethe
inside
inside
andand
cinders
cinders
have
have
to to
be be
removed
removedfrom
fromthetheends.
ends.A Apipe
pipebender,
bender,notnot
flame,
flame,
hashas
to to
be be
used
used
to to
bend
bend
thethe
iron
iron
pipe;
pipe;
- -Before
Before
pouring
pouring
thethe
oiloil
into
into
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
tank,
tank,
check
check
that
that
nono
dirtdirt
or or
water
water
is inside
is inside
it; it;
- -UseUse
always
always
a good
a good
filter
filter
to to
pour
pour
or or
addadd
oiloil
in in
thethe
tank;
tank;
- -ForFor
thethe
cleaning
cleaning
of of
thethe
pipes
pipes
andand
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
dodo
notnot
useuse
fraying
fraying
clothes
clothes
or or
steel
steel
wool;
wool;
- -TheThe
cylinder
cylinder
head
head
andand
all all
thethe
plastic
plastic
or or
rubber
rubber
parts
parts
have
have
to to
be be
protected
protected
if paint,
if paint,
concrete
concrete
or or
welding
welding machines
machines areare used
used in in their
their
neighbourhood;
neighbourhood;
- -AllAllthetheparts
partsof ofthetheinstallation
installationwhich
whichhave
have
been
been
disassembled
disassembled
to to
be be
tested
tested
or or
repaired,
repaired,
thethe
sealing
sealingsurfaces,
surfaces,thethepipes
pipesandandthethefittings
fittings
have
haveto tobe becleaned
cleanedperfectly
perfectlybefore
beforebeing
being
reassembled.
reassembled.
1.4.3
1.4.3
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
ForForthetheinstallation
installationor orthethereplacement
replacementof ofthethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
installation
installation
components,
components,
thethe
following
following
points
points
have
have
to to
be be
observed:
observed:

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.006
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.006
D840MGB.006
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

- -Only
Onlyuseusethethematerial
materialadvised
advisedby byOmar
Omar
(especially
(especially
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
oil)oil)
andand
thethe
original
original
Omar
Omar
spare
spare
parts;
parts;
- -Avoid
Avoidthetheuseuseof ofsealing
sealingmaterials
materialssuch
suchas as
silicone,
plaster
hemp
which
could
penetrate
silicone,
plaster
or or
hemp
which
could
penetrate
hydraulic
circuit;
thethe
hydraulic
circuit;
case
pipes
bought
directly
from
market
- -In In
case
pipes
bought
directly
from
thethe
market
beingused,
used,only
onlychoose
choosethetheones
ones
arearebeing
responding
safety
measures
force
responding
to to
thethe
safety
measures
in in
force
andand
according
pressure
installation.
according
to to
thethe
pressure
of of
thethe
installation.
Notethat
thatthetheonly
onlyuseuseof ofthetheiron
ironpipe
pipeto to
Note
connectthethepump
pumpunit
unitto tothethecylinder
cylindercancan
connect
transmit
increase
noise;
transmit
andand
increase
thethe
noise;
Installthetheflexible
flexiblehoses
hoseswith
withthetheright
right
- -Install
bending radius
radius suggested
suggested by by thethe
bending
manufacturersandandavoid
avoidthetheuseuseof ofhoses
hoses
manufacturers
which
longer
than
necessary.
which
areare
longer
than
necessary.
1.4.4
MAINTENANCE
1.4.4
MAINTENANCE
Duringthetheperiodical
periodicalworks
worksof ofmaintenance
maintenance
During
besidesnormal
normaltests,
tests,it itshould
shouldbe beremembered
remembered
besides
that:
that:
damagedpipes
pipeshave
haveto tobe bereplaced
replaced
- -TheThedamaged
immediately;
immediately;
leakage
causes;
- -GetGet
ridrid
of of
oiloil
leakage
andand
its its
causes;
possible
spilled
collected,
- -TheThe
possible
spilled
oiloil
hashas
to to
be be
collected,
so so
that
leakage
easily
detected;
that
leakage
cancan
be be
easily
detected;
surethat
thatthere
therearearenonounusual
unusualandand
- -BeBesure
excessive
noises
pump,
motor
excessive
noises
in in
thethe
pump,
thethe
motor
or or
thethe
suspensions.
them.
suspensions.
GetGet
ridrid
of of
them.
1.4.5ANTI-POLLUTION
ANTI-POLLUTION
MEASURES
1.4.5
MEASURES
Possible
spilled
from
circuit
during
repair
Possible
spilled
oiloil
from
thethe
circuit
during
repair
operationshashasnotnotto tobe bespread
spreadin inthethe
operations
environment,butbuthashasto tobe bepromptly
promptlycollected
collected
environment,
with
cloths
sponges
disposed
carefully
with
cloths
or or
sponges
andand
disposed
carefully
in in
proper
containers.
case
replacement,
also
proper
containers.
In In
case
of of
oiloil
replacement,
also
wasteoiloilhashasto tobe bedisposed
disposedin inproper
proper
thethewaste
containers.ForForthethedisposal
disposalof ofoiloilandandclothes
clothes
containers.

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
7 7

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

containing
containingoiloilcontact
contactthethespecialised
specialisedcompanies
companies
according
accordingtotothetheregulations
regulationsin inforce
forcein inthethe
country
country
ofof
operation.
operation.
Concerning
Concerningthetherules
rulesagainst
againstthethewater
waterpollution
pollution
(see
(seeunderground
undergrounddirect
directacting
actinginstallations
installationswith
with
high
highquantities
quantitiesofofoil)oil)actactaccording
accordingtotothethe
national
national
rules.
rules.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.007
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.007
D840MGB.007
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

if ifpossible
possiblenoise-proof,
noise-proof,well-ventilated
well-ventilatedand
anditsits
temperature
temperaturepreferably
preferablybetween
between1010and
and3030C.C.

1.51.5CONTROL
CONTROL
OFOF
THE
THE
SUPPLIED
SUPPLIED
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
When
Whenthethematerial
materialis iswithdrawn
withdrawnbefore
beforesigning
signing
thethedelivery
deliverydocument
documentofofthetheforwarding
forwardingagent,
agent,
check
checkthat
thatthethegoods
goodscorrespond
correspondtotothethelistlist
reported
reportedin inthethedelivery
deliverydocument
documentand
andtotothethe
requested
requested
order.
order.

The
Themain
mainsupplied
suppliedcomponents
componentshave
havetheir
theirown
own
plate
platecontaining
containingallallthethedata
dataneeded
neededtotoidentify
identify
them;
them;
- -Cylinder:
Cylinder:adhesive
adhesiveplate
plateononthethecylinder
cylinderhead;
head;
- -Rupture
Rupture
valve:
valve:
plate
plate
fixed
fixed
onon
thethe
valve
valve
side;
side;
- -Pump
Pump
unit:
unit:
plate
plate
fixed
fixed
onon
thethe
tank
tank
cover;
cover;
- -Flexible
Flexiblehose:
hose:test
testdate,
date,test
testpressure
pressureand
and
manufacturer
manufacturer
name
name
engraved
engraved
onon
thethe
fitting.
fitting.
1.71.7FEATURES
FEATURES
OFOF
THE
THE
MACHINE
MACHINE
ROOM
ROOM
Before
Before
installing:
installing:
- -Make
Makesure
surethat
thatthetheshaft,
shaft,pit,pit,head
headand
and
machine
machineroom
roomcorrespond
correspondtotothetheproject
projectdata
data
and
andrespond
respondtotothetheregulations
regulationsin inforce,
force,and:
and:
- -Make
Makesure
surethat
thataccess
accessways
waysallow
allowthethepassage
passage
ofof
thethe
different
different
components
components
toto
bebe
installed;
installed;
- -Make
Makesure
surethat
thatthethebottom
bottomofofthethepitpitis isclean,
clean,
drydry
and
and
waterproof;
waterproof;
- -Make
Makesure
surethat
thatthetheshaft
shaftis isventilated
ventilatedand
and
illuminated
illuminated
sufficiently;
sufficiently;
- -Make
Makesure
surethat
thatthethemachine
machineroom
roomhashasthethe
access
access
door
door
with
with
opening
opening
towards
towards
thethe
outside,
outside,

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

1.61.6IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION
PLATES
PLATES

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
8 8

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
2. 2. TRANSPORT
TRANSPORT
AND
AND
STORAGE
STORAGE
OFOF
THE
THE
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

2.12.1GENERAL
GENERAL
INFORMATION
INFORMATION
ForFor
thethe
transport
transport
and
and
thethe
storage
storage
ofof
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
components,
components, thethe general
general safety
safety regulations
regulations
always
always
have
have
toto
bebe
followed:
followed:
When
Whenloads
loadshave
havetotobebelifted,
lifted,only
onlyuseuse
proper
properhoists
hoistsand
andrespect
respecttheir
theirmax.
max.
capacity.
capacity.
Never
Neverwalk
walkororstop
stopunder
underthethehanging
hanging
loads.
loads.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.008
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.008
D840MGB.008
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

transport
transporthave
havetotobebemade
madewith
withproper
properhoists
hoists
oror
clamp
clamp
trucks.
trucks.
If If
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
is is
vertically
vertically
lifted,
lifted,
thethe
rodrod
hashas
toto
bebe
turned
turned
upward
upward
and
and
thethe
ropes
ropes
forfor
thethe
lifting
lifting
have
havetotobebefixed
fixedononthethecylinder
cylinderand
andnot
notonon
thetherodrod(see
(seedrawing
drawingn.1n.1and
andweight
weighttables
tablesonon
pages
pagesD840M3L.085
D840MGB.085
D840MGB.085 ororD840M3L.086
D840MGB.086
D840MGB.086 oror
D840MGB.087).
D840MGB.087).
D840M3L.087).
If Ifthethecylinder
cylinderis islifted
liftedwith
withclamp
clamptrucks,
trucks,thethe
arm
arm
have
have
toto
liftlift
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
in in
thethe
middle,
middle,
ke-ke-

Avoid
Avoid hydraulic
hydraulic components
components from
from
shocks.
shocks.

ENGLISH

- -If If
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
components
components
have
have
toto
bebe
stored,
stored,
first
firstcontrol
controlthat
thatpackaging
packagingand
andprotections
protections
arearein ina aperfect
perfectstate;
state;if ifnecessary
necessaryrepair
repairoror
replace
replace
them
them
with
with
other
other
more
more
suitable
suitable
ones;
ones;
- -Store
Store
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
components
components
in in
a dry
a dry
place,
place,
dust
dustfree
freewith
witha atemperature
temperaturebetween
between5 5and
and
30C;
30C;
- -If Ifthethecylinders
cylindersororthethepump
pumpunits
unitshave
havetotobebe
stored
storedforfora along
longtime,
time,it itis isbetter
betterforforthethe
preservation
preservationtoto
fillfill
them
them
with
with
oil.oil.
2.22.2CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
The
Thecylinder
cylinderrodrodis isblocked
blockedagainst
againstthethecylinder
cylinder
with
witha astirrup
stirrupsosothat
thatit itcan
cannot
notgetgetoffoffduring
during
any
any
moving
moving
oror
transport.
transport.
In Inthethecylinders
cylindersin intwo
twopieces,
pieces,thethejoints
jointsareare
protected
protectedbybytwo
twoprotection
protectionflanges,
flanges,blocked
blocked
against
against
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
flanges
flanges
with
with
two
two
screws.
screws.
The
Thetwo
twoprotection
protectionflanges
flangesareareneeded
neededtotokeep
keep
thethetwo
twoparts
partsofofthetherodrodblocked,
blocked,avoiding
avoidingwater
water
and
and
dirt
dirt
from
from
getting
getting
inside
inside
it. it.
TRANSPORT
TRANSPORT
OFOFTHE
THE
CYLINDER
CYLINDER
The
Theloading
loadingand
andunloading
unloadingononthethemeans
meansofof

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Draw.
Draw.
1 Cylinder
1 Cylinderlifting
lifting
with
with
ropes
ropes
eping
eping
it it
asas
farfar
asas
possible.
possible.
If Ifthethecylinder
cylinderneeds
needstotobeberolled,
rolled,make
makeit itrollroll
very
very
slowly
slowly
toto
avoid
avoid
bruises
bruises
onon
thethe
rod.
rod.
LayLay
thethe
cylinders
cylinders
preferably
preferably
horizontally
horizontally
onon
thethe
truck
truckfloor
floorand
andavoid
avoidleaning
leaningthethecylinder
cylinder
against
against
thethe
cabin
cabin
roof
roof
in in
order
order
toto
prevent
prevent
that
that
vibrations
vibrationsduring
duringthethetransport
transportcause
causebruises
bruises
onon
thethe
rod.
rod.

7-04-2006

9:44

Pagina 9

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.009
Pagina/page D840MGB.009
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

STORAGE OF THE CYLINDERS


Before storing, check that the protection
packaging is in a perfect state of preservation.
After having positioned the cylinders on proper
supports, block them in a way that they can
not fall.
If cylinders in one piece have to be stored for a
long time, it is better to fill them with anticorrosive oil.
Since the oil volume increases or decreases
according to the temperature, it is better not
to fill the cylinders completely.
If cylinders in two pieces have to be stored for
a long time, check that the flanges closing the
joint close hermetically and that the rods are
well greased.
Keep both the closing flanges and the rod
which comes out from the cylinder covered
well with grease.
Before putting the installation into action,
replace the oil used for the filling up and
remove the excessive grease.
2.3 PUMP UNITS

ENGLISH

D840MGB

Draw. 2 Pump unit lifting with ropes

The pump unit is protected by a thermo-shrinking


plastic cover and lays on a wooden support.
In case customers ask, the pump unit can be
packed in resistant cardboard or in a wooden
cage.
TRANSPORT OF PUMP UNITS
Load and unload the pump units using clamp
trucks. If the pump unit has to be lifted
with ropes, make them pass under the handles
(see drawing n. 2 and weight tables on page
D840MGB.084) .
D840M3L.084).
The pump units can not be placed on each
other.

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

STORAGE OF THE PUMP UNITS


Store the pump units in a dry place with a
temperature between 5 and 30C.
Control the protection packaging and replace
it if necessary.
If the pump units have to be stored for a long
time, it is better to fill the tank with oil, at
least until the electrical motor is covered.

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:44

Pagina 10

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.010
Pagina/page D840MGB.010
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

2.4 FLEXIBLE HOSES AND RIGID PIPES


PIPES TRANSPORT
Avoid harsh bending of the flexible hoses.
Prevent the flexible hoses from contact with
caustic essences, solvents or other chemical
substances.
Transport the flexible hoses in their original
packaging.
Avoid any kind of bending of the rigid pipes.
Transport the rigid pipes with their caps on the
ends.
STORAGE OF THE PIPES

ENGLISH

Store the pipes in a dry place, with a


temperature between 5 and 30C.
Prevent the flexible hoses from the direct
sunlight or the near presence of a heat source.
Do not keep the flexible hoses stored for more
that 2 years from the test date engraved on
the fitting.

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
11 11

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
3. 3. ASSEMBLING
ASSEMBLING
OFOF
THE
THE
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

The
Thecylinder
cylinderserial
serialnumber
numberis isengraved
engravedononthethe
cylinder
head
onon
thethe
same
side
where
thethe
rupture
cylinder
head
same
side
where
rupture
valve
valveis isassembled.
assembled.This
Thisnumber
numberappears
appearsalso
alsoonon
thethe identification
identification plate
plate together
together with
with thethe
remaining
data
ofof
thethe
cylinder
(see
drawing
n. n.
3).3).
remaining
data
cylinder
(see
drawing
- -AllAllthethecylinders,
cylinders,both
boththose
thosein inone
onepiece
pieceand
and
those
in in
two
pieces,
areare
tested
in in
thethe
factory
at at
those
two
pieces,
tested
factory
two
levels
ofof
pressure
toto
guarantee
thethe
sealing
two
levels
pressure
guarantee
sealing
ofof
thethe
seals
and
thethe
sealing
ofof
thethe
welding;
seals
and
sealing
welding;
- -Telescopic
Telescopiccylinders
cylindershave
havetotoundergo
undergonot
notonly
only
thethepressure
pressuretests
testsbut
butalso
alsotests
testsregarding
regardingthethe
synchronisation
synchronisationand
andthethetravel
travellength
lengthofofthethe
different
stages;
different
stages;

- -The
Theoiloilused
usedforfortests
testsis isthen
thentaken
takenout
outofofthethe
cylinder.
cylinder.The
Thesmall
smallquantity
quantitywhich
whichremains
remains
inside
insideacts
actsasasa aprotection
protectionagainst
againstrust
rustforfora a
long
long
period
period
ofof
time.
time.
If If
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
remains
remains
onon
thethesite
siteforfora long
a longtime,
time,it itis isbetter
bettertotocontrol
control
thethestate
stateofofpreservation
preservationofofthetherod,
rod,cleaning
cleaning
and
andpolishing
polishingit, it,if ifnecessary.
necessary.ForForlong
longperiods
periods
ofof
storage
storage
seesee
point
point
2.2;
2.2;
- -The
Theoiloilinlet
inlet(and
(andtherefore
thereforethetherupture
rupturevalve)
valve)
can
canbebeat atthethetop
topororat atthethebottom;
bottom;thetheoiloil
inlet
inlet
hashas
toto
bebe
decided
decided
when
when
ordering;
ordering;
- -The
Therupture
rupturevalve,
valve,assembled
assembleddirectly
directlyononthethe
cylinder,
cylinder,can
canbebeoriented
orientedin infour
fourdirections
directions
with
with
9090
intervals;
intervals;

WITTUR WITTUR
PRODUCTS
PRODUCTS

9936000
9936000

9936000
9936000

Draw.
Draw.
3 3Serial
Serial
number
number
and
and
identification
identification
plate
plate
ofof
thethe
cylinder
cylinder

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

3.13.1CYLINDER
CYLINDER

Pagina/page
D840M3L.011
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.011
D840MGB.011
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
12 12

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

ENGLISH

- -If Ifin inthetheliftliftshaft


shaftbrickwork,
brickwork,painting
paintingor or
welding
weldinghashasto tobebecarried
carriedout,
out,protect
protectthethe
cylinder
cylinderhead
headwith
withgrease
greaseand
andclothes.
clothes.Clean
Clean
carefully
carefully
after
after
having
having
finished
finished
thethe
work
work
before
before
putting
putting
thethe
installation
installation
into
into
action;
action;
- -TheThecylinder
cylinderhashasto tobebeassembled
assembledperfectly
perfectly
perpendicular.
perpendicular.When
Whenthetherodrodhashasreached
reacheditsits
max.
max.length
lengthoutoutof ofthethecylinder
cylinderit ithashasto tobebe
perfectly
perfectly
parallel
parallel
to to
thethe
guides;
guides;
- -AllAll
thethe
cylinders
cylinders
have
have
a line
a line
elbow
elbow
fitting
fitting
onon
thethe
head.
head.
This
This
fitting
fitting
allows
allows
thethe
collection
collection
of of
thethe
oiloil
lost
lost
byby
thethe
cylinder,
cylinder,
it has
it has
to to
bebe
screwed
screwed
in in
thethe
proper
proper
threaded
threaded
hole
hole
onon
thethe
highest
highest
part
part
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
and
and
then
then
connected
connected
through
through
a a
PVC
PVC
pipe
pipe
to to
a small
a small
tank
tank
forfor
thethe
oiloil
recovery.
recovery.
In In
this
this
way
way
oiloil
loss
loss
cancan
always
always
bebe
detected.
detected.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.012
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.012
D840MGB.012
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

- -TheThe
pulley
pulley
assembled
assembled
onon
thethe
rodrod
head
head
hashas
to to
bebe
well
wellguided,
guided,without
withoutexcessive
excessiveclearances
clearancesonon
thethe
guides
guides
or or
forcing
forcing
allall
along
along
thethe
travel;
travel;
sideacting
actingcylinder,
cylinder,roped
roped1:1,
1:1,at atone
one
b) b)Direct
Directside
stage
stageor ortelescopic
telescopicat attwo
twoor orthree
threestages
stages
(same
(samesystem
systemforforinstallations
installationswith
withtwo
two
cylinders).
cylinders).
- -TheThe
direct
direct
side
side
acting
acting
cylinder
cylinder
lays
lays
directly
directly
onon
thethe
pitpit
bottom.
bottom.
TheThe
rodrod
head
head
is is
equipped
equipped
with
with
a aspherical
sphericaljoint
joint (see
(seedrawing
drawingn. n.4),4),which
which
allows
allowsthetheframe
frameto tobebehooked
hookedin ina aflexible
flexible
way,
way,
without
without
moments.
moments.
TheThespherical
sphericaljoint
jointhashasto tobebegreased
greasedbefore
before
fixing
fixing
thethe
plate
plate
at at
thethe
frame;
frame;

3.1.1
3.1.1 ASSEMBLING
ASSEMBLING
OFOF
THE
THE
SIDE
SIDE
ACTING
ACTING
CYLINDERS,
CYLINDERS,
ROPED
ROPED
2:12:1
OROR
1:11:1
TheTheassembling
assemblingof ofthetheside
sideacting
actingcylinders
cylindersis is
normally
normallycarried
carriedoutoutaccording
accordingto tothethetwo
two
following
following
systems:
systems:
side
side
acting
acting
cylinders,
cylinders,
roped
roped
2:1,
2:1,
at at
one
one
a) a)Indirect
Indirect
stage,
stage,
assembled
assembled
onon
a small
a small
pillar
pillar
(same
(same
system
system
forfor
thethe
installation
installation
with
with
two
two
cylinders).
cylinders).
- -TheThe
pillar
pillar
is fixed
is fixed
at at
thethe
bottom
bottom
at at
thethe
beam
beam
of of
thethepitpitand
andat atthethetoptopat atthethewall
wallor orat atthethe
guides
guides
with
with
adjustable
adjustable
fixing;
fixing;
- -TheThecylinder
cylinderlays
laysononananadjustable
adjustablesupport
support
assembled
assembled
onon
thethe
toptop
of of
thethe
pillar.
pillar.
Between
Between
thethe
pillar
pillar
and
and
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
a disk
a disk
of of
anti-vibration
anti-vibration
insulating
insulating
material
material
cancan
bebe
placed;
placed;
- -TheThe
cylinder
cylinder
head
head
is fixed
is fixed
at at
thethe
wall
wall
or or
at at
thethe
guides
guidesin inananadjustable
adjustableway.
way.Other
Othermiddle
middle
fixing
fixingpoints
pointscancanbebemade
madeaccording
accordingto tothethe
cylinder
cylinder
length.
length.
AtAt
this
this
purpose
purpose
follow
follow
thethe
installation
installation
project
project
carefully;
carefully;

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Draw.
Draw.
4 Head
4 Head
of of
thethe
direct
direct
acting
acting
cylinder
cylinder
with
with
spherical
spherical
joint
joint

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
13 13

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

3.1.2
3.1.2ASSEMBLING
ASSEMBLING
OFOF
THE
THE
UNDERGROUND
UNDERGROUND
DIRECT
DIRECT
ACTING
ACTING
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
The
Theunderground
undergrounddirect
directcentral
centralacting
actingcylinders
cylinders
arearesupplied
suppliedwith
withananupper
upperplate
platewith
witha spherical
a spherical
D840M3L.012)
joint
joint(see
(seedrawing
drawingn. n.4, 4,page
page
D840MGB.012)
D840MGB.012)and
and
with
witha amiddle
middlesupport
supportplate
platewhich
whichis isarticulated
articulated
in incase
caseofoftelescopic
telescopiccylinders
cylinders(see
(seedrawing
drawing5 5onon
page
pageD840M3L.014).
D840MGB.014).
D840MGB.014).The
Thecylinder
cylinderpart
partlaying
laying
under
underthethemiddle
middleplate
plateis isprotected
protectedbybya aspecial
special
anti-corrosive
anti-corrosive
black
black
paint.
paint.
- -The
Thearticulated
articulatedplates
plateshave
havetotobebegreased
greased
where
where
they
they
move,
move,
before
before
being
being
installed.
installed.
- -Before
Beforeinstalling
installingthethecylinder,
cylinder,it itis isbetter
bettertoto
control
controlthethedimensions
dimensionsofofthethehole
holewhich
whichis is
going
going
toto
contain
contain
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
- -Moreover
Moreoverthethecylinder
cylinderhashastotobebeprotected
protected
against
against
corrosion
corrosion
and
and
hashas
toto
bebe
installed
installed
inside
inside
a protection
a protection
tube.
tube.
Only
Only
when
when
thethe
installation
installation
is is
perfectly
perfectly working,
working, thethe cylinder
cylinder could
could bebe
rammed.
rammed.
- -The
Thecylinder
cylinderpositioning
positioninghashastotobebemade
made
according
according
toto
thethe
project
project
quotas.
quotas.
- -It Itis issuggested
suggestedtotooperate
operateaccording
accordingthethe
following
followingdirections
directionstotoposition
positionthethecylinder
cylinder
perfectly
perfectlyperpendicular
perpendicularand
andparallel
paralleltotothethe
guides:
guides:
a) a)Normal
Normaldirect
directcentral
centralacting
actingcylinders
cylindersat atone
one
stage:
stage:
draw
draw
thethe
nylon
nylon
wire,
wire,which
which
is is
inside
inside
thethe
rod,
rod, perfectly
perfectly perpendicular
perpendicular out
out ofof thethe
threaded
threadedhole.
hole. Check
Checkthat
thatit itcomes
comesout
out
perfectly
perfectlyat atthethecentre
centreand
andis isparallel
paralleltotothethe
guides;
guides;

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

b) b)Direct
Directcentral
centralacting
actingtelescopic
telescopiccylinders
cylindersat at
two
twoororthree
threestages:
stages:there
thereis isnononylon
nylonwire
wire
inside,
inside,
because
because
thethe
majority
majority
ofof
them
them
hashas
a full
a full
first
firststage.
stage.However
Howeverthey
theyareareequipped
equippedwith
witha a
middle
middle oscillating
oscillating plate
plate able
able toto align
align
automatically
automaticallythethecylinder
cylindertotothetheguides.
guides.ForFor
this
this
reason,
reason,
it it
is is
necessary
necessary
that
that
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
can
can
move
moveinside
insidethethehole
holeand
andthetheplate
plateis iswell
well
greased
greasedwhere
wherethey
theycontact
contacteach
eachother
otherand
and
move.
move.With
Withthese
thesepremises,
premises,thetheunderground
underground
part
part
will
will
align
align
toto
thethe
rods
rods
automatically,
automatically,
when
when
thethetelescopic
telescopiccylinder
cylinderpushes
pushesthethecarcarrunning
running
between
between
thethe
guides.
guides.

ENGLISH

- -In Incase
caseofofa atelescopic
telescopiccylinder,
cylinder,because
becauseofof
safety
safetyreasons
reasonsduring
duringbuckling
bucklingstrength,
strength,it it
could
could
bebe
necessary
necessary
toto
install
install
guide
guide
arms
arms
onon
thethe
heads
heads
ofof
thethe
second
second
stage
stage
oror
even
even
onon
thethe
third
third
at atthethesame
sametime.
time.Check
Checkthetheproject
projectand
and
operate
operate
according
according
toto
it. it.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.013
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.013
D840MGB.013
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:44

Pagina 14

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.014
Pagina/page D840MGB.014
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

ENGLISH
Draw. 5 telescopic cylinder with middle oscillating plate

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
15 15

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Because
Becauseof ofsafety
safetyreasons
reasonsin incase
caseof ofbuckling
buckling
strenght,
strenght,
it is
it possible
is possible
that
that
thethe
telescopic
telescopic
cylinders
cylinders
have
have
nono
guide
guide
arms,
arms,
have
have
guide
guide
arms
arms
only
only
onon
thethe
head
head
of of
thethe
second
second
stage
stage
or or
guide
guide
arms
arms
both
both
onon
thethehead
headof ofthethesecond
secondstage
stageand
andof ofthethethird
third
stage.
stage.
When
Whenthetheinstallation
installationcharacteristics,
characteristics,require
require
guides
guidesarm,
arm,thethetelescopic
telescopiccylinder
cylinderis issupsupplied
plied with
with thethe respective
respective fastening
fastening plates,
plates,
as as shown
shown byby
drawing
drawingn. n.6 6- for
- for
dimensions
dimensions seesee
thethetechnical
technicalca-catalogue.
talogue.
TheThe
guide
guide
arms
arms
areare
at atthethecustomer's
customer's

care,
care,
butbut
when
when
requested,
requested,
forfor
safety
safety
reasons
reasons
they
they
have
have
to to
bebe
assembled
assembled
according
according
to to
thethe
distances
distances
as as
perper
ENEN
81.2
81.2
- 12.2.5.2
- 12.2.5.2
regulations:
regulations:
"In"In
case
case
of of
thethe
group
group
cylinder-rod
cylinder-rod
located
located
under
under
thethe
carcar
of of
thethedirect
directacting
actinginstallation,
installation,thethefree
freedistance
distance
between
between
thethe
lower
lower
and
and
thethe
upper
upper
guide
guide
arms
arms
and
and
thethe
lower
lower
part
part
of of
thethe
carcar
hashas
to to
bebe
0.30.3
mm
at at
least,
least,
when
whenthethecarcarlays
laysononitsitstotally
totallycompressed
compressed
dampers".
dampers".
In In case
case thethe established
established distance
distance of of
0.30.3m mcancannotnotbebe
obtained
obtained with
with
straight
straight
horizontal
horizontal
guide
guidearms,
arms,they
they
cancanbebeproperly
properly
shaped.
shaped.

Draw.
Draw.
6 6Telescopic
Telescopic
cylinder
cylinder
with
with
fastening
fastening
plates
plates
forfor
guide
guide
arms
arms

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

3.1.3
3.1.3GUIDE
GUIDEARMS
ARMSFOR
FORTELESCOPIC
TELESCOPICCYLINDERS
CYLINDERS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.015
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.015
D840MGB.015
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:44
9:44Pagina
Pagina
16 16

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

3.1.4
3.1.4 CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
ININ
TWO
TWO
PIECES
PIECES
Cylinders
Cylindersin intwo
twopieces
pieceshave
havethetheserial
serialnumber
number
engraved
engravednotnotonly
onlyononthethecylinder
cylinderhead
headononthethe
toptop
and
and
onon
thethe
same
same
side
side
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve,
valve,
butbut
also
also
onon
thethe
two
two
squared
squared
flanges.
flanges.
BeBe
sure
sure
that
that
thethe
two
twopieces
piecesarearepart
partof ofthethesame
samecylinder
cylinderbyby
checking
checking
that
that
thethe
two
two
numbers
numbers
engraved
engraved
onon
thethe
two
two
flanges
flanges
areare
thethe
same.
same.

ENGLISH

- -Cylinders
Cylindersin intwo
twoor orthree
threepieces
pieceshave
havea arodrod
with
with
a threaded
a threaded
joint,
joint,
while
while
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
hashas
a a
joint
joint
with
with
a squared
a squared
flange.
flange.
- -TheTheupper
upperhalf
halfof ofthethecylinder
cylinderin intwo
twopieces
pieces
hashas
a rod
a rod
which
which
is is
longer
longer
than
than
thethe
cylinder,
cylinder,
so so
it itis ispossible
possibleto tofixfixthethescrewer
screwerto tothetherodrod
without
without
disassembling
disassembling
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
- -TheThe
two
two
joints
joints
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
in in
two
two
pieces
pieces
areare
hermetically
hermetically
closed
closed
byby
two
two
metal
metal
hoods
hoods
which
which
acts
acts
as as
a protection
a protection
and
and
packaging
packaging
during
during
thethe
transport.
transport.
Special
Specialscrewers
screwers(see
(seedrawing
drawingn. n.7, 7,onon
page
pageD840M3L.017)
D840MGB.017)
D840MGB.017)or orother
othertools,
tools,
insulated
insulated
with
with
rubber,
rubber,
have
have
to to
bebe
fixed
fixed
to tothethelower
lowerpart
partof ofthetherod,
rod,laying
laying
horizontally,
horizontally,before
beforeputting
puttingit itin ina a
vertical
vertical
position.
position.
It is
It necessary,
is necessary,
after
after
having
having
removed
removed
thethe
protection
protectionhoods,
hoods,to toputputsome
somerubber
rubber
stripes
stripes
between
between
thethe
rodrod
and
and
thethe
cylinder,
cylinder,
in inorder
orderto toavoid
avoiddamages
damagesto tothetherod.
rod.
These
These
stripes
stripes
have
have
to to
bebe
fixed
fixed
well
well
to to
thethe
screws
screwsof ofthetheflanges
flangesand
andhave
haveto tobebe
removed
removedjust
justbefore
beforeclosing
closingthethesquare
square
flanges
flanges
of of
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
- -Follow
Follow
thethe
next
next
operating
operating
instructions
instructions
forfor
thethe
assembling
assembling
of of
thethe
two
two
pieces
pieces
(see
(see
drawings
drawings
n. n.
7 7
and
and
8 on
8 on
page
page
D840MGB.017):
D840MGB.017):
D840M3L.017):

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.016
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.016
D840MGB.016
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

PutPut
thethe
lower
lower
part
part
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
in in
a perfect
a perfect
vertical
verticalposition
positionand
andfixfixit, it,after
afterhaving
having
blocked
blocked
thethe
rodrod
with
with
a screwer.
a screwer.
Block
Block
thethe
rodrod
of of
thethe
upper
upper
half
half
with
with
a screwer
a screwer
or orwith
withanother
anothertool
toolinsulated
insulatedwith
withrubber,
rubber,
without
without
making
making
it come
it come
outout
of of
thethe
head
head
which
which
contains
contains
thethe
seals.
seals.
TheTheblock
blockstirrup
stirrupof ofthetherodrodhashasto tobebe
removed
removedonly
onlywhen
whenthetheoperation
operationhashas
finished.
finished.
Danger
Danger
of of
falling!
falling!
LiftLiftthetheupper
upperhalf
halfof ofthethecylinder
cylinderwith
withanan
hoist,
hoist,fastening
fasteningit itat atthethetwo
twoholed
holedplates
plates
which
whichareareperfectly
perfectlywelded
weldedononthethehead.
head.
Perfectly
Perfectlyalign
alignthetheupper
upperhalf
halfwith
withthethelower
lower
half.
half.
Remove
Remove
grease
grease
and
and
clean
clean
thethe
male
male
and
and
female
female
threads,
threads,
avoiding
avoiding
that
that
thethe
solvent
solvent
contacts
contacts
thethe
OROR
of of
thethe
joint
joint
Control
Controlcarefully
carefullythat
thatthere
therearearenono
bruises
bruisesneither
neitherononthethethreads
threadsnornoronon
thethe
joint.
joint.
If If
necessary,
necessary,
getget
ridrid
of of
them.
them.
Control
Controlthat
thatthetheORORof ofthethejoint
jointis isnotnot
damaged
damaged
and
and
is well
is well
greased.
greased.
Lower
Lower
thethe
upper
upper
half
half
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
and
and
slowly
slowlyapproach
approachthethethreads
threadswithout
without
harsh
harsh
movements.
movements.
Control
Control
thethe
alignment
alignment
and
and
completely
completely
screw
screw
without
without
using
using
thethe
thread-locking
thread-locking
liquid.
liquid.
If If there
there areare any
any difficulties
difficulties with
with
screwing,
screwing,unscrew
unscrewimmediately,
immediately,control
control
thethe
threads
threads
and
and
trytry
again.
again.

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 17

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.017
Pagina/page D840MGB.017
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

Remove the screwers and control by


hand that the joint of the rod is perfect
all around, without bruises and steps. If
necessary, smooth with fine abrasive
paper (grain 400-600).

After having completely screwed the two


halves, unscrew by 4/5 turns, apply the
thread-locking liquid on the screw (not on
the OR), quickly screw again, checking that
the red paint signs are aligned (max tolerance
4/5 mm).

Block stirrup

Rod

Red paint sign

O-Ring

Tool supplied
on demand

Cylinder
O-Ring

Serial number

Draw. 7 Cylinder in two pieces with screwers

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

Draw. 8 Rod and cylinder - cylinder in two pieces

ENGLISH

D840MGB

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
18 18

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Control
ControlthetheORORin inthethelower
lowerflange
flangeis isperfect
perfect
and
and
lays
lays
in in
itsits
seat.
seat.
Clean
Clean
thethe
two
two
flanges.
flanges.
Pull
Pullthethetwo
twosquare
squareflanges
flangescloser,
closer,paying
paying
attention
attentiontotomatch
matchthethepinpinand
andthethehole
hole(see
(see
side
sidepicture).
picture).Then
Thenscrew
screwthethefour
fourscrews
screwsthat
that
block
block
thethe
flangers,
flangers,
tighting
tighting
crosswise.
crosswise.

3.1.5
3.1.5 CONTROL
CONTROL
OFOF
THE
THE
NEW
NEW
CYLINDER
CYLINDER
After
Afterhaving
havinginstalled
installedthethehydraulic
hydraulicpart,
part,make
make
thethefollowing
followingchecks
checksbefore
beforestarting
startingupupthethefirst
first
travels.
travels.

ENGLISH

Before
Beforeputting
puttingthethecylinder
cylinderinto
intoaction,
action,
control
controlthat
thatononitsitshead,
head,close
closetotothethe
wiper,
wiper,
there
there
areare
nono
any
any
debris,
debris,
concrete,
concrete,
metal
metal
particles
particles
oror
welding
welding
cinders
cinders
which
which
could
couldscrape
scrapethetherodrodduring
duringitsitsfirst
first
travel.
travel.
After
Afterthethefirst
firstupuptravel,
travel,immediately
immediately
control
controlthethewhole
wholesurface
surfaceofofthetherodrodtoto
verify
verify itsits state
state ofof preservation.
preservation. In In
particular,
particular,
if if
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
is is
long,
long,
control
control
thethecentral
centralpart
partofofthetherodrodwhose
whose
rectified
rectified surface
surface could
could have
have been
been
bruised
bruisedbybythethevibrations
vibrationsduring
duringthethe
transport.
transport.
It It would
would bebe necessary
necessary toto smooth
smooth
patiently
patientlywith
withfine
fineabrasive
abrasivepaper
papertoto
avoid
avoidthetheprecocious
precociousdamaging
damagingofofthethe
seals.
seals.
3.23.2PUMP
PUMP
UNIT
UNIT
The
The
serial
serial
number
number
ofof
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
is is
reported
reported
onon
thethe
plate
plate
onon
thethe
tank
tank
cover.
cover.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.018
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.018
D840MGB.018
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

- -AllAll
thethe
pump
pump
units
units
and
and
thethe
shut-off
shut-off
valves
valves
areare
tested
tested
and
and
adjusted
adjusted
before
before
thethe
delivery.
delivery.
ForForthis
thisreason
reasonthey
theycan
canwork
workimmediately,
immediately,
without
without
any
any
further
further
adjusting.
adjusting.
When
Whenthetheinstallation
installationhashasbeen
beenfinished,
finished,thetheoiloil
filled
filledand
andthetheairairpurged,
purged,it itwill
willbebepossible
possibletoto
readjust
readjustthethelow
lowspeed
speedand
andthethedeceleration
decelerationtoto
optimise
optimise
thethe
installation
installation
working
working
(see
(see
instructions
instructions
in in
paragraph
paragraph
8.2).
8.2).
The
The
pump
pump
unit
unit
room
room
hashas
toto
bebe
located
located
asas
close
close
asas
possible
possible
toto
thethe
liftlift
shaft,
shaft,
hashas
toto
bebe
bigbig
enough,
enough,
with
with
anan
almost
almost
constant
constant
temperature,
temperature,possibly
possiblyheated
heatedin inwinter
winter
and
and
ventilated
ventilated
in in
summer.
summer.
If If
distances
distances
areare
bigger
bigger
than
than
8/10
8/10
meters,
meters,
please
pleaseconsider
considerthethepressure
pressureloss
lossalong
along
thethe
main
main
pipe.
pipe.
Avoid
Avoidnoise
noisetransmission
transmissionbybyusing
usingantiantivibration
vibrationpads
padsunder
underthethetank
tankand
anda a
flexible
flexiblehose
hoseforforthetheconnection
connectionofofthethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
toto
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
- -The
Thetank
tankis isequipped
equippedwith
withhandholds
handholdstotobebe
displaced
displacedmanually
manuallyand
andtotobebelifted
liftedwith
with
anan hoist
hoist (see
(see drawing
drawing n. n. 2, 2, onon page
page
D840MGB.009).
D840MGB.009).
D840M3L.009).
3.33.3PIPE
PIPE
AND
AND
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
CONNECTIONS
CONNECTIONS
Use
Usecold
colddrawn
drawnsteel
steeltubes,
tubes,normalised
normalisedand
and
bonderised,
bonderised,special
specialforforhydraulic
hydrauliccircuits,
circuits,flexible
flexible
hoses
hoseswhich
whicharearetested
testedand
andcertified
certifiedforforhigh
high
pressure
pressureorormixed
mixedconnections
connectionstotoconnect
connectthethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
toto
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
- -The
Theshut-off
shut-offvalve
valvecan
canbebeturned
turnedtotobebebetter
better
aligned
aligned
with
with
thethe
pipe
pipe
direction.
direction.

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
19 19

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

When
Whena rigid
a rigidpipe
pipeis isused,
used,please
pleasenote
note
that:
that:
TheThe
pipe
pipe
cutcut
hashas
to to
bebe
perfectly
perfectly
at at
90;
90;
Possible
Possiblebends
bendshave
haveto tobebemade
madewhen
whencold,
cold,
using
using
a proper
a proper
pipe
pipe
bending.
bending.
TheThe
useuse
of of
a flame
a flame
cancan
cause
cause
cinders
cinders
inside
inside
thethe
pipe;
pipe;
Cinders
Cinders
and
and
dirtdirt
caused
caused
byby
thethe
cutcut
have
have
to to
bebe
completely
completely
eliminated;
eliminated;
When
When
connecting
connecting
two
two
pipes
pipes
to to
a cutting
a cutting
ring,
ring,
make
make
sure
sure
that
that
thethe
two
two
pipes
pipes
areare
perfectly
perfectlyali-ali-

Non-normalised
Non-normalised
pipes
pipes
areare
tootoo
hard
hard
and
and
they
they
cancan
getget
outout
of of
thethe
fitting!
fitting!
Warning:
Warning:some
somecountries
countriesdodonotnotallow
allow
thethe
useuse
of of
a joint
a joint
with
with
a cutting
a cutting
ring.
ring.
In In
these
these
cases,
cases,
it is
it is
necessary
necessary
to to
useuse
a type
a type
of offitting
fittingcalled
called"WALFORM"
"WALFORM"forforthethe
connection
connection
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
9) 9)
or or
fittings
fittings
to to
bebe
welded.
welded.
When
When
a flexible
a flexible
hose
hose
is used,
is used,
please
please
note
note
that:
that:
TheTheflexible
flexiblehose
hosehashasnotnotto tobebesubject
subjectto to
tension,
tension,torsion
torsionand
andthethebends
bendshave
haveto tobebeas as
wide
wide
as as
possible;
possible;

ENGLISH

TheThemain
main
oiloil
pipe
pipe
as as
to to
bebe
as as
short
short
as as
possible
possible
and
and
avoid
avoid
narrow
narrow
bending.
bending.
TheTheuseuseof ofelbow
elbowfitting
fittinghashasto tobebeas as
reduced
reduced
as as
possible.
possible.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.019
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.019
D840MGB.019
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Steel
Steel
pipe
pipe

Flexible
Flexible
hose
hose

Draw.
Draw.
9 9WALFORM
WALFORM
fitting
fitting
gned
gned
and
and
that
that
thethe
cutting
cutting
part
part
of of
thethe
ring
ring
is is
turned
turnedtowards
towardsthetheend
endof ofthethepipe.
pipe.Before
Before
tightening
tightening
thethe
nutnut
of of
thethe
fitting,
fitting,
oiloil
both
both
thethe
thread
thread
and
and
thethe
ring.
ring.
Therefore
Thereforescrew
screwwith
withpower
powerand
andunscrew
unscrewto to
control
control
that
that
thethe
cutting
cutting
ring
ring
hashas
engraved.
engraved.
Finally,
Finally,screw
screwagain
againdefinitely
definitelythethenutnutof ofthethe
fitting,
fitting,
tightening
tightening
it well.
it well.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

TheTheminimum
minimumbending
bendingradius
radiusgiven
givenbybythethe
manufactures
manufactureshashasto tobeberespected.
respected.It Itis is
reported
reported
in in
thethe
following
following
table:
table:

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 20

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.020
Pagina/page D840MGB.020
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

FLEX. HOSE TYPE

MIN. BENDING RADIUS

3/4

DN 20

240 mm

1 1/4

DN 32

420 mm

1 1/2

DN 40

500 mm

DN 50

660 mm

ENGLISH

- The pump units with a capacity from 360 to


600 l/min have a 2" outlet. These pump units
can feed a single cylinder with a rupture valve
2" or two cylinders together.
- In case of a single cylinder, the connection
between the pump unit and the rupture valve
can be made:
with a single flexible hose 2" and nipples 2",
60 angle (see drawing n 10);
with two parallel steel pipes, diameter 42 mm
and two three-way fittings 1"fi x 2 x 1"fi (see
drawing n 11).

Draw. 10 Connection with flex hose 2

2
2 x 1fi - 42

2 x 1fi - 42
2

Draw. 11 Connection with two rigid pipes 42

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
21 21

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

3.43.4 CONNECTION
CONNECTION
OFOF
INSTALLATIONS
INSTALLATIONS
WITH
WITH
TWO
TWO
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
In Incase
caseof ofinstallations
installationswith
withtwo
two
cylinders,
cylinders,
thethe
pipes
pipes
which
which
feed
feed
thethe
two
two
cylinders
cylindershave
haveto tohave
havethethesame
same
diameter,
diameter,
thethe
same
same
length,
length,
andand
follow
follow
ways
waysas assymmetrical
symmetricalas aspossible
possible(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. 12).
n. 12).

Pagina/page
D840M3L.021
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.021
D840MGB.021
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

TheThe
rupture
rupture
valves
valves
of of
thethe
two
two
cylinders
cylinders
have
haveto tobe behydraulically
hydraulicallyconnected
connected
allowing
allowing
thethe
piloting
piloting
pressure
pressure
balance.
balance.
TheThe
rupture
rupture
valves
valves
areare
equipped
equipped
with
with
a a
1/8"
1/8"
threaded
threaded
hole.
hole.
TheThe
connection
connection
hashas
to to
be be
done
done
with
with
1/8"
1/8"
fittings
fittings
andand
steel
steel
pipes
pipes
with
with
a 6amm
6 mm
diameter,
diameter,
1 mm
1 mm
thick.
thick.
SeeSee
also
also
thethe
"Operating
"Operating
Instructions
Instructions
forfor
Omar
Omar
LiftLift
rupture
rupture
valve".
valve".

1/81/8
GASGAS
fittings
fittings

Rupture
Rupture
valve
valve
11

Rupture
Rupture
valve
valve
22

Three-way
Three-way
fitting
fitting

LiftLift
valve
valve

Draw.
Draw.
1212
Installation
Installation
with
with
two
two
cylinders
cylinders

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

Balance
Balance
connection
connection
PipePipe
6mm
6 mm
thick
thick
1 mm
1 mm

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
22 22

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
4. 4. ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
CONNECTIONS

4.14.1GENERAL
GENERAL
REGULATIONS
REGULATIONS
Any
Any
electrical
electrical
connection
connection
hashas
to to
bebe
carried
carried
outout
byby
trained
trainedand
andqualified
qualifiedstaff,
staff,according
accordingto tothethe
specific
specific
regulations.
regulations.
Before
Before
starting
starting
any
any
kind
kind
of of
work,
work,
always
always
disconnect
disconnect
thethe
electrical
electrical
power
power
opening
opening
thethe
general
general
switch.
switch.

ENGLISH

TheThecables
cablesforforthetheelectrical
electricalpower
power
feeding
feeding
have
have
to to
have
have
a section
a section
sufficient
sufficient
forfor
thethe
requested
requested
power.
power.
Their
Their
isolation
isolation
hashasto tobebesuitable
suitableaccording
accordingto tothethe
voltage
voltageof ofthetheelectrical
electricalnetwork.
network.TheThe
connection
connection
cables
cables
have
have
notnot
to to
bebe
putput
in in
contact
contactwith
withparts
partssubject
subjectto tostrong
strong
heating.
heating.

TheThegrounding
groundingcable
cablehashasto tobebealways
always
connected
connected
to to
thethe
bolt
bolt
marked
marked
with
with
thethe
proper
proper
symbol.
symbol.
4.24.2CONNECTION
CONNECTION
BOX
BOX
TheTheconnection
connectionbox
boxis isononthethepump
pumpunit
unitcover,
cover,
near
near
thethe
valve
valve
block.
block.
TheThebox
boxof ofthethestandard
standardpump
pumpunit
unitincludes
includes
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
13):
13):
a) -a)Terminal
- Terminal
block
block
of of
thethe
electrical
electrical
motor
motor
b)-b)Grounding
Grounding
bolt
bolt
c) -c)Thermostat
- Thermostat
forfor
oiloil
temperature
temperature
70C
70C
d)-d)Motor
Motor
thermistors
thermistors
110C
110C
e) -e)Valve
- Valveheating
heatingresistance
resistance6060W W(optional).
(optional).

Draw.
Draw.
1313
Connection
Connection
box
box
forfor
standard
standard
pump
pump
unit
unit

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.022
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.022
D840MGB.022
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
23 23

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.023
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.023
D840MGB.023
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

TheThe
pump
pump
unit
unit
box,
box,
cabled
cabled
(optional),
(optional),
includes
includes
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n.14):
n.14):

ENGLISH

a) a)- Terminal
- Terminal
block
block
of of
thethe
electrical
electrical
motor
motor
b) b)- Grounding
- Grounding
bolt
bolt
c) c)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
thethe
thermostat
thermostat
forfor
thethe
oiloil
cooling
cooling
(optional)
(optional)
d) d)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
thethe
max
max
pressure
pressure
switch
switch
(optional)
(optional)
e) e)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
thethe
min.
min.
pressure
pressure
switch
switch
(optional)
(optional)
f) f)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
coilcoil
EVD
EVD
g) g)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
coilcoil
EVR
EVR
h) h)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
coilcoil
EVSEVS
(optional)
(optional)
i) i)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
coilcoil
EVEEVE
l) l)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
motor
motor
thermistors
thermistors
110
110
m)m)
- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
thethe
oiloil
thermostat
thermostat
7070
n) n)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
thethe
valve
valve
heating
heating
resistance
resistance
(optional)
(optional)
o) o)- Terminals
- Terminals
of of
thethe
overload
overload
pressure
pressure
switch
switch
(optional)
(optional)
4.34.3ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
CONNECTION
OFOF
THETHE
THREE-PHASE
THREE-PHASE
MOTOR
MOTOR
TheThe
terminals
terminals
of of
thethe
motor
motor
areare
already
already
fixed
fixed
to to
thethe
terminal
terminal
block
block
inside
inside
thethe
connection
connection
box.
box.
In In
case
case
of of
a direct
a direct
start
start
of of
thethe
motor
motor
(or(or
with
with
soft
soft
starter),
starter),
frequency
frequency
andand
oneone
tension
tension
of of
thethe
motor
motorhave
haveto tocorrespond
correspondto tothethefrequency
frequency
andand
tension
tension
of of
thethe
electrical
electrical
power
power
network.
network.
TheThe
connection
connection
bands
bands
onon
thethe
terminal
terminal
block
blockhave
haveto torespect
respectthethediagram
diagram
appearing
appearingononthethemotor
motorplate
plateor orthethe
directions
directionsof ofthethetable
table(see
(seedrawing
drawing
n. 15,
n. 15,
page
page
D840MGB.024).
D840MGB.024).
D840M3L.024).

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Draw.
Draw.
1414Connection
Connection
boxbox
forfor
wired
wired
pump
pump
unit
unit
In Incase
caseof ofa asoft
softstarter
starterstart,
start,follow
followthethe
directions
directions
of of
thethe
manufacturer.
manufacturer.
In In
case
case
of of
a star-delta
a star-delta
start,
start,
thethe
lower
lower
tension
tension
of of
thethe
motor
motor
hashas
to to
be be
equal
equal
to to
thethe
network
network
tension.
tension.Frequency
Frequencyhashasto tobe beequal
equalto tothethe
network
network
frequency
frequency
(i.e.:
(i.e.:
Network
Network
400400
V -V 50
- 50
Hz.,Hz.,
motor
motor
400/690
400/690
V -V50
- 50
Hz.).
Hz.).
In Incase
caseof ofa astar-delta
star-deltastart,
start,thethe
connection
connection
bands
bands
in in
thethe
terminal
terminal
block
block
have
have
to to
be be
eliminated.
eliminated.

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 24

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.024
Pagina/page D840MGB.024
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

DISPOSITION OF TERMINAL CONNECTION BANDS FOR THREE-PHASE MOTORS


DIRECT START

ENGLISH

Power 230 V

- Motor

230 / 400

Power 400 V

- Motor

400 / 690

Power 415 V

- Motor

415 / 720

Power 400 V

- Motor

230 / 400

Power 690 V

- Motor

400 / 690

Power 720 V

- Motor

415 / 720

START

Remove the terminal connection bands


The connection sequence is carried out in the
panel.

Power 230 V

- Motor

230 / 400

Power 400 V

- Motor

400 / 690

Power 415 V

- Motor

415 / 720
Draw. 15 Electrical connection of three-phase
motors

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 25

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.025
Pagina/page D840MGB.025
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

4.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION OF THE SINGLE


PHASE MOTOR
The single phase motor is equipped with its proper
condenser supplied by the manufacturer. Follow

the diagram of the motor manufacturer or the


diagram shown by drawing n. 16 to obtain a
correct connection.

Motor

ENGLISH

D840MGB

Motor
terminal board

Power

Draw. 16 Electrical connection of single phase motor

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
26 26

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.026
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.026
D840MGB.026
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

4.54.5MOTOR
MOTOR
PROTECTION
PROTECTION
WITH
WITH
THERMISTORS
THERMISTORS
TheThemotors,
motors,which
whichwork
workcovered
coveredwith
withoil,oil,areare
supplied
supplied with
with their
their thermistors
thermistors 110C.
110C. TheThe
thermistors
thermistors
areare
inserted
inserted
in in
windings,
windings,
one
one
forfor
each
each
phase
phase
and
and
they
they
areare
connected
connected
in in
series.
series.
Their
Theirresistance
resistanceremains
remainsvery
verylow,
low,under
under110C,
110C,
butbut
increases
increases
drastically
drastically
when
when
110C
110C
areare
reached
reached
in in
one
one
or or
in in
allall
windings.
windings.

EVDEVD

EVREVR

ForFor thethe motor


motor protection,
protection, thethe
thermistors
thermistorshave
haveto tobebeconnected
connectedto toa a
proper
proper release
release electronic
electronic relay
relay
susceptible
susceptibleto tothetheresistance
resistancevariation.
variation.

ENGLISH

Warning:
Warning:
TheThe
thermistors
thermistors
have
have
notnot
to to
bebe
submitted
submitted
to to
tensions
tensions
higher
higher
than
than
2,52,5
V. V.
When
Whenthethethermistors
thermistorsareareproperly
properlyconnected,
connected,
they
they
protect
protect
thethe
motor
motor
against
against
thethe
overheating
overheating
of of
thethe
windings.
windings.
Overheating
Overheating
could
could
bebe
caused
caused
by:by:
- -lack
lack
of of
a phase
a phase
in in
thethe
feeding
feeding
- -tootoo
frequent
frequent
activation
activation
- -excessive
excessive
tension
tension
variations
variations
- -excessive
excessive
oiloil
temperature
temperature
4.64.6ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
CONNECTION
OFOF
THE
THE
VALVE
VALVE
GROUP
GROUP
Valve
Valve
NLNL
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
17)17)
cancan
bebe
equipped
equipped
with
with
thethe
following
following
electro-valves:
electro-valves:
EVD
EVD
= Down
= Down
travel
travel
electro-valve
electro-valve
(both
(both
normal
normal
and
and
emergency)
emergency)
EVR
EVR
==
Deceleration
Deceleration
electro-valve
electro-valve
(high
(high
speed)
speed)
EVS
EVS
=Up
=Up
travel
travel
electro-valve
electro-valve
(star-delta
(star-delta
or or
soft
soft
starter)
starter)
SeeSee
drawing
drawing
n. n.
1818
onon
page
page
D840MGB.028
D840MGB.028
forfor
thethe
D840M3L.028
electrical
electrical
connections.
connections.
TheThe
electro-valves
electro-valves
have
have
thethe
following
following
functions:
functions:

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

EVSEVS

Draw.
Draw.
1717NL
NL
valve
valve
ELECTRO-VALVE
ELECTRO-VALVEEVD
EVDwith
withdouble
doublecoil:
coil:it it
controls
controls
thethe
down
down
travel
travel
both
both
in in
a normal
a normal
and
and
in inananemergency
emergencycondition,
condition,with
withbattery
battery
1212V Vc.c.c.c.When
Whenit itis isfedfedit itallows
allowsthethedown
down
travel
travel
with
with
a low
a low
speed.
speed.
This
This
electro-valve
electro-valve
hashas
to to
bebe
fedfed
only
only
during
during
thethe
whole
whole
down
down
travel.
travel.
Together
Together
with
with
EVR,
EVR,
it allows
it allows
thethe
high
high
speed.
speed.
ELECTRO-VALVE
ELECTRO-VALVEEVR
EVRwith
witha asingle
singlecoil:
coil:it it
controls
controls
thethe
high
high
speed
speed
and
and
thethe
deceleration.
deceleration.
This
This
valve
valve
hashas
to to
bebe
fedfed
both
both
during
during
thethe
down
down
and
and
thethe
upup
travels
travels
to to
reach
reach
thethe
high
high
speed;
speed;
it it
hashasto tobebedisconnected
disconnectedbefore
beforereaching
reachingthethe
floor
floorto to
obtain
obtain
thethe
deceleration
deceleration
and
and
thethe
low
low
speed.
speed.ForFora agood
gooddeceleration,
deceleration,thetheEVR
EVRcoilcoil
hashasto tobebedisconnected
disconnectedaccording
accordingto tothethe
installation
installationspeed:
speed:thethebigger
biggerthetheinstallation
installation
speed
speedis, is,thethebigger
biggerthethedistance
distancefrom
fromthethe
landing
landing
floor
floor
hashas
to to
be.be.
TheThe following
following examples
examples show
show thethe
disconnection
disconnectiondistance
distanceof ofthetheelectroelectro-

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
27 27

OPERATING
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
FOR
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

valve
valve
EVREVR
from
from
thethe
floor:
floor:

CARCAR
SPEED
SPEED

Pagina/page
D840M3L.027
Pagina/page
Pagina/page
D840MGB.027
D840MGB.027
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

connection
connection
follow
follow
thethe
scheme
scheme
reported
reported
below.
below.

EVREVR
DISCONNECTION
DISCONNECTION
RAISED
RAISED
DISTANCE
DISTANCEDESCENT
DESCENT
DISTANCE
DISTANCE

0,400,40
m/sm/s

0,500,50
m m

0,600,60
m m

0,600,60
m/sm/s

0,700,70
m m

0,800,80
m m

0,800,80
m/sm/s

0,900,90
m m

1,001,00
m m

QUADRO
QUADRO
ELETTRICO
ELETTRICO
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
PANEL
PANEL

_ _

++

++

++

EVSEVS

EVDEVD

EVREVR

ELECTRO-VALVE
ELECTRO-VALVE
EVSEVS
with
with
a single
a single
coil:
coil:
it it
is is
used
used
forfor
installations
installations
with
with
START
STARTor or
SOFT
SOFTSTARTER
STARTER(supplied
(suppliedon ondemand).
demand).ThisThis
electro-valve
electro-valve
controls
controls
thethe
oil oil
pressure.
pressure.
When
When
thethe
EVSEVS
coilcoil
is disconnected,
is disconnected,
thethe
oil oil
returns
returns
to to
thethe
tank
tank
without
without
pressure,
pressure,
through
through
thethe
VMVM
valve;
valve;
thethe
motor
motor
is activated
is activated
andand
reaches
reaches
its its
raterate
without
without
load.
load.
Only
Only
when
when
thethe
motor
motor
hashas
reached
reached
its its
raterate
( (
phase
phase
in case
in case
of of
starts,
starts,
or or
when
when
thethe
start
startphase
phasehashasfinished,
finished,in incase
caseof ofa soft
a soft
starter),
starter),
by by
feeding
feeding
thethe
EVSEVS
coil,
coil,
pressure
pressure
willwill
begin
beginto toriseriseandandkeep
keepthetherequested
requested
installation
installation
value
value
until
until
EVSEVS
is not
is not
disconnected.
disconnected.
During
During
thethe
up up
travel,
travel,
thethe
EVSEVS
coilcoil
hashas
to to
be be
kept
kept
connected
connected
forfor
a moment
a moment
after
after
thethe
stop.
stop.
In this
In this
way
way
a soft
a soft
stop
stop
without
without
bumps
bumps
is obtained.
is obtained.
ThisThis
cancan
be be
reached
reached
by by
connecting
connecting
in in
parallel
parallel
a 1000
a 1000
- 1500
- 1500
F F
condenser
condenser
- properly
properly
supplied
supplied
by by
Omar
Omar
- to
- to
thethe
coilcoil
or or
by by
connecting
connecting
other
other
systems
systems
directly
directly
to to
thethe
electrical
electrical
panel.
panel.
TheThe
connection
connection
of of
thethe
condenser
condenser
to to
thethe
coil,
coil,
hashas
to to
be be
carried
carried
outout
only
only
when
when
it isit is
notnot
possibile
possibile
to to
obtain
obtain
thethe
wished
wished
delay
delay
through
throughthetheelectrical
electricalpanel.
panel.ForForthethe

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

++

4.6.1
4.6.1VALVES
VALVES
FORFOR
DIRECT
DIRECT
START
START
TheThe
valves
valves
forfor
thethe
direct
direct
start
start
of of
thethe
motor
motor
do do
notnot
have
have
thethe
up up
travel
travel
EVSEVS
electro-valve.
electro-valve.
TheThe
down
down
travel
travel
EVDEVD
electro-valve
electro-valve
andand
thethe
high
high
speed
speed
EVREVR
electro-valve
electro-valve
have
have
to to
be be
fedfed
as as
pointed
pointed
outout
in the
in the
previous
previous
paragraph
paragraph
4.6.4.6.
TheThe
delay
delay
in in
thethe
pressure
pressure
activation
activation
of of
thethe
pump
pump
is iscarried
carriedoutoutautomatically
automaticallyby bythethehydraulic
hydraulic
circuit.
circuit.
ThisThis
system
system
is usually
is usually
used
used
forfor
lowlow
power
power
motors,
motors,
normally
normally
notnot
higher
higher
than
than
13 13
HPHP
/ 9,6
/ 9,6
kW.kW.

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 28

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.028
Pagina/page D840MGB.028
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

ON Electrical wire activated


OFF Electrical wire disactivated

ENGLISH

Draw. 18 Diagram of the car speed and electrical connections NL valve

Available voltages for coils:

48 - 60 - 110 - 180 V. cc.


emergency 12 V.c.c.

Coil consumption:

EVS: 36 W
EVD: 36 W + 45 W
EVR: 36 W

P - UP TRAVEL:

Feed motor and coil EVR . Feed coil EVS for


soft starter

R - UP TRAVEL DECELERATION:

Disconnect EVR

S - STOP DURING UP TRAVEL:

Stop motor (disconnect EVS, if it exists, about 1 after the motor)

L - DOWN TRAVEL:

Feed coils EVD and EVR

Q - DOWN TRAVEL DECELERATION : Disconnect EVR


T - STOP DURING DOWN TRAVEL:

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

Disconnect EVD

start or

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
29 29

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
5. 5. OILOIL
FOR
FOR
LIFTS
LIFTS
- CIRCUIT
- CIRCUIT
FILLING
FILLING
AND
AND
AIR
AIR
PURGING
PURGING

TheThe
hydraulic
hydraulic
oiloil
is is
a very
a very
important
important
part
part
of of
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
installation.
installation.
In Inparticular,
particular,in incase
caseof ofinstallations
installationshaving
having
medium
medium
or or
high
high
traffic,
traffic,"THE
"THECHOICE
CHOICEOFOFGOOD
GOOD
QUALITY
QUALITYOILOILINCREASES
INCREASESTHE
THETEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE
RANGE
RANGEWITHIN
WITHINWHICH
WHICHTHE
THELIFT
LIFTWORKS
WORKSININA A
COMFORTABLE
COMFORTABLE WAY
WAY AND
AND INCREASES
INCREASES THE
THE
DURATION
DURATIONOFOFITSITSHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS".
COMPONENTS".
AA
good
good
quality
quality
oiloil
forfor
lifts
lifts
hashas
to to
have
have
thethe
following
following
main
main
characteristics.
characteristics.

1) 1)
Viscosity
Viscosity
at at
4040
C: C:
= 46
= 46cSt,
cSt,oiloilsuitable
suitableforforlow
lowtemperatures,
temperatures,in in
particular
particular
forfor
thethe
first
first
starts
starts
in in
thethe
morning.
morning.
= 68
= 68
cSt,
cSt,
oiloil
suitable
suitable
forfor
high
high
temperatures,
temperatures,
in in
particular
particular
caused
caused
byby
high
high
traffic.
traffic.
2) 2)
Viscosity
Viscosity
index:
index:
>
150,
oiloil
suitable
suitable
forfor
low
low
and
and
medium
medium
traffic.
traffic.
=>
=150,
>
180,
oiloil
suitable
suitable
forfor
medium/high
medium/high
and
and
high
high
=>
=180,
traffic.
traffic.
3) 3)
Flash
Flash
point:
point:
> 190
> 190
C C
4) 4)
Pour
Pour
point:
point:
< -35
< -35
C C
5) 5)
Specific
Specific
weight
weight
at at
1515
C:C:
= 0,88
= 0,88
Kg/dm
Kg/dm
6) 6)
AirAir
release
release
a 50
a 50
C:C:
< 6< min.
6 min.
ForFora aquick
quickseparation
separationof ofthetheairairand
andthethe
elimination
elimination
of of
thethe
oiloil
foam.
foam.
7) 7)
Further
Further
characteristics:
characteristics:
- -Anti-oxidant:
Anti-oxidant:
It prevents
It prevents
thethe
creating
creating
of of
dirtdirt
and
and
dregs.
dregs.
- -Anti-corrosion:
Anti-corrosion:It Itdoesnt
doesntcorrode
corrodemetals,
metals,
copper,
copper,
seals
seals
etc.
etc.
- -Anti-wear:
Anti-wear:
It assures
It assures
thethe
duration
duration
of of
thethe

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

moving
moving
parts.
parts.
- -Anti-rust:
Anti-rust:It Itprotects
protectsand
andconserves
conservesthethe
metallic
metallic
components.
components.
- -Anti-emulsion:
Anti-emulsion:It Itmakes
makesthethespontaneous
spontaneous
separation
separation
of of
water
water
from
from
oiloil
easy.
easy.
TheThe
oiloil
hashas
to to
bebe
chosen
chosen
focusing
focusing
onon
thethe
installation
installationcharacteristics
characteristics(temperature
(temperature
and
andventilation
ventilationof ofthethemachine
machineroom,
room,
installation
installationtraffic)
traffic)as aswell
wellas asononthethe
temperature-viscosity
temperature-viscositycharacteristics
characteristicsof of
thethe
oil.oil.
In In
particular,
particular,
note
note
that:
that:
- -TheThenumber
numberwhich
whichfollows
followsthethetype
typeor orthethe
name
nameof ofthetheoiloilshows
showsonly
onlythetheoiloilviscosity
viscosity
when
whenitsitstemperature
temperatureis is40C.
40C.(32/46/68
(32/46/68cSt.
cSt.
etc.);
etc.);
- -TheThe
viscosity
viscosity
index
index
shows
shows
thethe
oiloil
stability
stability
when
when
thethetemperature
temperaturechanges.
changes.TheTheoiloilviscosity
viscosity
increases
increaseswhen
whenthetheoiloilcools
coolsand
anddecreases
decreases
when
whenthetheoiloilheats.
heats.These
Thesevariations
variationsareare
important
important if ifthetheviscosity
viscosityindex
indexis islow,
low,
consequently
consequently"IT"ITIS ISRECOMMANDED
RECOMMANDEDTOTOUSE
USE
OILS
OILS WITH
WITH A A HIGH
HIGH VISCOSITY
VISCOSITY INDEX,
INDEX,
150/180/190
150/180/190
according
according
to to
thethe
situations".
situations".
Oils
Oilswith
witha alow
lowviscosity
viscosityindex,
index,such
suchas as
98/110/120,
98/110/120,have
haveto tobebeused
usedin ininstallations
installations
with
withananalmost
almostconstant
constantroom
roomtemperature
temperature
and
anda anumber
numberof oftravel
travelperperhour
hournotnothigher
higher
than
than8/10.
8/10.TheTheinstallation
installationworks
workswell
wellif ifthethe
viscosity
viscosity
variation
variation
is is
between
between
250
250
and
and
4040
cStcSt
about.
about.
This
This
cancan
bebe
obtained
obtained
with
with
anan
oiloil
having
having
a high
a high
viscosity
viscosity
index,
index,
when
when
thethe
temperatures
temperatures
gogo
from
from8/15
8/15
to to50/60C.
50/60C.
OilOilcancanbebeheated
heatedor orcooled
cooledwith
withproper
proper
resistances
resistancesor orheat
heatexchangers
exchangersto tokeep
keepthethe
temperature
temperatureback
backwithin
withinthetheright
rightlevels
levelsor or
optimise
optimise
thethe
installation
installation
working.
working.

ENGLISH

5.15.1CHARACTERISTICS
CHARACTERISTICSAND
ANDCHOICE
CHOICEOFOFTHE
THEOILOIL

Pagina/page
D840M3L.029
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.029
D840MGB.029
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
30 30

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

OilOil
hashas
to to
be be
heated
heated
when
when
thethe
machine
machine
room
roomtemperature
temperaturereaches
reacheslowlowvalues
values
which
which
could
could
jeopardise
jeopardise
thethe
installation
installation
working
working
during
during
thethe
first
first
travels
travels
in in
thethe
morning.
morning.
TheThe
carcar
hashas
to to
be be
drawn
drawn
back
back
to tothethelowest
lowestfloor
floorautomatically,
automatically,notnot
later
laterthan
than1515minutes
minutesafter
afterthethelastlast
travel.
travel.
In In
thisthis
way
way
all all
thethe
oiloil
in in
thethe
tank
tank
cancan
be be
heated.
heated.
AnAn
electrical
electrical
resistance
resistance
(500
(500W)W)with
withthermostat
thermostatis isnormally
normally
used
used
to to
heat
heat
thethe
oiloil
in in
thethe
tank.
tank.
- -When
When
thethe
oiloil
temperature
temperature
does
does
notnot
reach
reach
lowlow
values,
values,
a small
a small
resistance
resistance
(60(60
W)W)
cancan
be be
used
used
to to
heat
heatthethe
valve
valve
group
group
only.
only.

ENGLISH

OilOilhashasto tobe becooled


cooledwhen
whenthethehigh
high
number
number of of travels
travels makes
makes thethe
temperature
temperatureincrease,
increase,exceeding
exceedingthethe
acceptable
acceptable
temperature
temperature
forfor
thethe
used
used
oil,oil,
or orreaching
reaching thethemax.
max.temperature
temperatureof of

Pagina/page
D840M3L.030
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.030
D840MGB.030
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

70C,
70C,making
makingthethesafety
safetythermostat
thermostat
intervening.
intervening.
OilOil
heats
heats
notnot
only
only
because
because
of of
thethe
high
high
traffic,
traffic,butbutalso
alsobecause
becausethethemachine
machine
room
room
is is
small,
small,
notnot
ventilated,
ventilated,
is is
placed
placed
under
underthetheroof
roofor orthetheoiloilin inthethetank
tank
reaches
reachesthetheminimum
minimumindispensable
indispensable
quantity.
quantity.ForForthetheoiloilcooling,
cooling,systems
systems
with
with
airair
or or
with
with
water
water
cancan
be be
used.
used.
- -TheThe
listlist
which
which
follows
follows
shows
shows
examples
examples
of of
some
some
types
types of of oiloil which,
which, thanks
thanks to to their
their
characteristics,
characteristics,
areare
suitable
suitable
forfor
thethe
liftlift
field.
field.
TheThe
oilsoils
shown
shown
areare
notnot
thethe
only
only
ones
ones
which
which
cancan
be beused.
used.NoNopreference
preferenceor orqualification
qualificationhashas
been
been
given
given
to to
thethe
order
order
of of
thethe
list:list:

PRODUCT
PRODUCT

WORKING
WORKING
CONDITION
CONDITION

WORKING
WORKING
CONDITION
CONDITION

BRAND
BRAND

LOW-MEDIUM
LOW-MEDIUM

MEDIUM/HIGH
MEDIUM/HIGH
- HIGH
- HIGH

Type
Type

Viscosity
Viscosity
index
index

Type
Type

Viscosity
Viscosity
index
index

AGIP
AGIP
APIAPI
CASTROL
CASTROL

H LIFT
H LIFT
- 46/68
- 46/68
APILUBE
APILUBE
HS HS
68 68
HYSPIN
HYSPIN
AWH
AWH
46 46

150150
150150
160160

ARNICA
ARNICA
46/68
46/68

164164

LIFTLIFT
OILOIL
68 68

190190

ESSO
ESSO
FINA
FINA
I.P. I.P.
OLEOTECNICA
OLEOTECNICA

INVAROL
INVAROL
EP EP
46 46
HYDRAN
HYDRAN
HV HV
68 68

160160
151151

INVAROL
INVAROL
EP EP
68 68

180180

MOVO
MOVO
M 46/68
M 46/68

154154

HYDRUS
HYDRUS
HX HX
68 68
MOVO
MOVO
HVIHVI
46/68
46/68

175175
182182

ROLOIL
ROLOIL
SHELL
SHELL
SHELL
SHELL
TOTAL
TOTAL

LI/68
LI/68
- HIV
- HIV
TELLUS
TELLUST 68T 68

160160
153153

LI/46
LI/46
- HIV
- HIV
TELLUS
TELLUST 46T 46
ELEVOIL
ELEVOIL
68 68

175175
193193
183183

EQUIVIS
EQUIVIS
ZS ZS
46/68
46/68

160160

NoNo
responsibility
responsibility
is taken
is taken
forfor
differences
differences
or or
variations
variations
of of
types
types
andand
characteristics
characteristics
made
made
by by
thethe
oiloil
manufactures.
manufactures.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
31 31

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.031
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.031
D840MGB.031
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

very
very
low
low
overheating.
overheating.

5.25.2CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
FILLING
FILLING
AND
AND
AIRAIR
PURGING
PURGING
When
Whenananinstallation
installationis isnew,
new,thethetank,
tank,thethe
cylinder,
cylinder,
thethe
connection
connection
pipes,
pipes,
thethe
valve
valve
and
and
thethe
silencer
silencerhave
havenonooiloilinside.
inside.Consequently,
Consequently,it itis is
necessary
necessary
to to
fillfillvery
very
well
well
allall
thethe
components
components
of of
thethehydraulic
hydrauliccircuit
circuitand
andpurge
purgeairairoutoutof ofthem
them
completely.
completely.

TheThemax
maxquantity
quantityof ofoiloilnecessary
necessaryforfor
thethe
installation
installation
corresponds
corresponds
to to
thethe
sum
sum
of ofthetheoiloilneeded
neededto tofillfillthethetank,
tank,plus
plus
thethe
oiloil
needed
needed
to to
fillfill
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
(space
(space
between
between
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
and
and
thethe
rod),
rod),
plus
plus
thethe
oiloil
needed
needed
to to
fillfill
thethe
pipes.
pipes.
TheThefollowing
followingtables
tablesshow
showthetheneeded
needed
quantity
quantityof ofoiloilto tofillfillthethethree
threeparts
parts
correctly:
correctly:

TheThequantity
quantityof ofoiloilto tobebeputputin inthethe
installation
installation
hashas
to to
bebe
thethe
max
max
allowed,
allowed,
in in order
order to to have
have a a very
very silent
silent
installation,
installation,
without
without
foam
foam
in in
thethe
oil,oil,
and
and

TANK
TANK
TYPE
TYPE

110110 210210 320320 450450 680680

CAPACITY
CAPACITY
AA
- LITRES
- LITRES

100100 200200 305305 430430 650650

ENGLISH

1 -1OIL
- OIL
FOR
FOR
TANK
TANK
= =AA
CAPACITY
CAPACITY

2 -2OIL
- OIL
FOR
FOR
CYLINDER
CYLINDER
(FOR
(FOR
THE
THE
FILLING
FILLING
UPUP
WITHOUT
WITHOUT
TRAVEL)
TRAVEL)
= B
= BX TRAVEL
X TRAVEL
[M.]
[M.]
ROD
ROD
DIAMETER
DIAMETER
MMMM
OILOIL
BB
lt/m.
lt/m.

50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80

3,13,1 4,54,5

90 90 100100 110110 120120 130130 150150 180180 200200 230230

5 5 3,83,8 5,75,7 5,65,6 6,46,4 6,16,1 8,58,5 8,38,3 15,6


15,6 18,9
18,9 19,4
19,4

NOTE:
NOTE:
SeeSee
paragraph
paragraph
11.3
11.3
forforoiloil
forfor
telescopic
telescopic
cylinders.
cylinders.
3 -3OIL
- OIL
FOR
FOR
CONNECTION
CONNECTION
PIPES
PIPES
= C
= C
X LENGTH
X LENGTH
[M.]
[M.]

PIPE
PIPE

22
22
x 1,5
x 1,5 35
35
x 2,5
x 2,5 42
42
x 3x 3 N N
2 pipes
2 pipes
FlexFlex
3/4
3/4 FlexFlex
1 1 FlexFlex
1fi1fi 42
42
x 3x 3

OILOIL
CC
lt/m.
lt/m.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

0,30
0,30

0,70
0,70

1,00
1,00

2,00
2,00

FlexFlex
2 2
1,90
1,90

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
32 32

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

TheThe
oiloil
filling
filling
hashas
to to
be be
done
done
pouring
pouring
thethe
oiloil
from
from
thethe
side
side
of of
thethe
moving
moving
half-cover,
half-cover,
bringing
bringing
thethe
level
level
at at
8/10
8/10
cmcm
about
about
from
from
thethe
upper
upper
edge.
edge.
Before
Beforepouring
pouringthetheoiloilinto
intothethetank,
tank,
make
make
sure
sure
that
that
there
there
is no
is no
dirtdirt
or or
water
water
inside.
inside.
TheTheairairhashasto tobe bepurged
purgedfrom
fromthethe
highest
highestpoint
pointof ofthethecircuit
circuitwhich
which
normally
normally
is the
is the
cylinder
cylinder
head.
head.
TheTheoiloilhashasto toenter
enterthethecircuit
circuitvery
very
slowly,
slowly,
without
without
creating
creating
turbulence
turbulence
andand
mixing
mixing
with
with
airair
which
which
needs
needs
time
time
to to
getget
out.
out.

ENGLISH

Operate
Operate
as as
follows
follows
to to
getget
ridrid
of of
thethe
airair
completely
completely(see
(seedrawing
drawingn. n.19,19,page
page
D840M3L.033).
D840MGB.033).
D840MGB.033).
1) 1)Unscrew
Unscrewcompletely
completelyandandremove
removethethepurge
purge
screw
screwononthethehead
headof ofthethecylinder
cylinder(or(or
cylinders).
cylinders).
2) 2)
If If
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
is not
is not
adjusted
adjusted
(red
(red
label
label
ononit),it),its itsregulation
regulationscrew
screwhashasto tobe be
unscrewed.
unscrewed.
3) 3)
Disconnect
Disconnect
electrically
electrically
thethe
coilcoil
of of
thethe
electroelectrovalve
valve
EVR
EVR
of of
thethe
high
high
speed.
speed.
Only
Only
in in
thisthis
way
way
a a
small
smallquantity
quantityof ofoiloilgets
getsinto
intothethecylinder
cylinder
without
without
turbulence.
turbulence.
4) 4)
Activate
Activate
thethe
motor
motor
forfor
anan
upup
travel
travel
( (
too,
too,
if it
if exists)
it exists)
forfor
some
some
seconds
seconds
andand
check
check
if the
if the
pump
pump
turns
turns
in in
thethe
right
right
direction.
direction.
If Ifit turns
it turns
in in
thethe
wrong
wrong
way,
way,
a strong
a strong
andand
bothering
bothering
noise
noise
willwillbe beheard.
heard.TheThetwo
twophases
phasesin inthethemotor
motor
feeding
feeding
need
need
to to
be be
exchanged.
exchanged.
5) 5)
Keep
Keep
thethe
motor
motor
activated
activated
forfor
10 10
- 15
- 15
seconds
seconds
andand
stop
stop
it for
it for
2020
- 30
- 30
seconds
seconds
to to
allow
allow
thethe
airair
to to
gogo
out.
out.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.032
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.032
D840MGB.032
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Repeat
Repeat
thisthis
operation
operation
several
several
times,
times,
until
until
only
only
oil,oil,without
withoutair,air,comes
comesoutoutfrom
fromthethepurge
purge
screw.
screw.
6) 6)
Close
Closethethepurge
purgescrew
screwof ofthethecylinder
cylinderandand
adjust
adjustthetherupture
rupturevalve,
valve,in incase
caseit ithashasnotnot
been
been
adjusted
adjusted
previously
previously
in in
thethe
factory.
factory.
If Ifthetherupture
rupturevalve
valveneeds
needsto tobe beadjusted,
adjusted,
carefully
carefullyfollow
followthetheoperating
operatinginstructions
instructions
enclosed
enclosedto toit, it,or orthethedirections
directionsin inchapter
chapter
"Adjusting
"Adjusting
andand
testtest
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve",
valve",
onon
page
page
D840MGB.038.
D840MGB.038.
D840M3L.038.
7) 7)
In In
case
case
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
is is
located
located
higher
higher
than
than
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
head,
head,
purge
purge
thethe
airair
also
also
from
from
thethe
proper
proper
screw
screw
onon
thethe
shut-off
shut-off
valve.
valve.
8) 8)
Reset
Reset
thethe
oiloil
level
level
in in
thethe
tank,
tank,
if necessary
if necessary
andand
make
make
anan
upward
upward
travel
travel
at at
lowlow
speed,
speed,
checking
checking
that
thatall allthetheparts
partsof ofthetheinstallation
installationarearein in
order
order
andand
that
that
thethe
oiloil
quantity
quantity
is sufficient.
is sufficient.
TheThe
motor
motor
hashas
always
always
to to
be be
covered
covered
by by
oiloil
even
even
when
when
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
is at
is at
thethe
upper
upper
end.
end.
Avoid
Avoid
that
that
thethe
oiloil
level
level
decreases
decreases
until
until
it it
uncovers
uncovers
thethe
motor-pump
motor-pump
group.
group.
In In
thisthis
case
case
in in
fact
fact
thethe
pump
pump
could
could
suck
suck
air,air,making
makingall allthetheabove
abovepurging
purging
operations
operationsvoid.
void.
9) 9)
Connect
Connect
again
again
thethe
coilcoil
of of
thethe
electro-valve
electro-valve
EVR
EVR
to to
obtain
obtain
thethe
high
high
speed
speed
andand
check
check
thethe
other
other
functions:
functions:acceleration,
acceleration,deceleration,
deceleration,upward
upward
start,
start,
downward
downward
start,
start,
etc.etc.
10)10)
Check
Check
that
that
in in
thethe
circuit
circuit
there
there
is no
is no
remaining
remaining
air.air.At Atthisthispurpose,
purpose,stop
stopthethecarcarononanan
intermediary
intermediaryfloor,
floor,close
closethethe shut-off
shut-offvalve
valve
andand
turn
turn
offoff
thethe
power,
power,
getget
into
into
thethe
carcar
andand
check
check
that
that
there
there
is no
is no
strong
strong
lowering,
lowering,
getget
offoff
thethe
carcar
andand
verify
verify
that
that
thethe
carcar
does
does
notnot
gogo
quickly
quickly
back
back
to to
its its
initial
initial
position.
position.

D840MGB
D840MGB
7-04-2006
7-04-2006
9:45
9:45
Pagina
Pagina
33 33

OPERATING
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
FOR
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Screw
Screw
for for
the the
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
adjusting.
adjusting.
Unscrew
Unscrew
if the
if the
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
is not
is not
adjusted
adjusted
(red(red
label)
label)

Pagina/page
D840M3L.033
Pagina/page
Pagina/page
D840MGB.033
D840MGB.033
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

EVREVR
EVREVR
connector
connector
to be
to disconnected
be disconnected

VentVent
screw
screw
of the
of the
shut-off
shut-off
valve
valve

Draw.
Draw.
19 19
AirAir
purging
purging
from
from
thethe
circuit
circuit

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

Cylinder
Cylinder
purge
purge
screw
screw
Open
Open
completely
completely

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
34 34

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

5.35.3FILLING
FILLING
AND
AND
SYNCHRONISATION
SYNCHRONISATION
OFOF
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS

ENGLISH

TheTheOmar
Omartelescopic
telescopiccylinders
cylindersarearehydraulically
hydraulically
synchronised
synchronised
and
and
therefore
therefore
it it
is is
necessary
necessary
to to
fillfill
and
and
keep
keep
their
their
internal
internal
spaces
spaces
filled
filled
to to
obtain
obtain
a a
synchronised
synchronisedmovement
movementof ofallallthethestages,
stages,allall
along
along
their
their
travel.
travel.
TheThesynchronisation
synchronisationspaces
spacesareareequipped
equippedwith
witha a
filling
fillingvalve
valvelocated
locatedononthethebottom.
bottom.This
Thisvalve
valve
keeps
keepsthethespaces
spaceshermetically
hermeticallyclosed
closedduring
duringthethe
whole
wholenormal
normaltravel
travelof ofthethecylinder.
cylinder.Only
Onlywhen
when
thethecylinder
cylindercloses,
closes,during
duringthethelastlast4/54/5mm
mmof of
downward
downward
travel,
travel,
thethe
valves
valves
open
open
and
and
allow
allow
thethe
filling
filling
of of
thethe
internal
internal
spaces.
spaces.
ForForthethefilling
fillingof ofthetheinternal
internalspaces
spacesor orforforthethe
restoring
restoring
of of
thethe
synchronism
synchronism
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
when
when
needed,
needed,
operate
operate
as as
follows:
follows:
1) 1)
Wait
Waitthat
thatthethecylinder
cylinderand
andthetheoiloilof ofthethe
internal
internal
spaces
spaces
have
have
been
been
cooled
cooled
according
according
to to
thethe
room
room
temperature.
temperature.
2) 2)
Remove
Remove
thethe
dampers
dampers
under
under
thethe
carcar
and
and
make
make
thethe
carcar
gogo
down
down
completely,
completely,
checking
checking
that
that
thethe
stages
stages
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
areare
closed
closed
and
and
that
that
thethe
weight
weightof ofthethecarcaris istotally
totallyonontoptopof ofthethe
cylinder.
cylinder.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.034
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.034
D840MGB.034
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

carcar
riserise
and
and
putput
thethe
dampers
dampers
in in
their
their
place.
place.
During
During
thetheoperations
operations
to to
fillfill
thethe
spaces
spaces
as as
perper
points
points
4) 4)
and
and
5),5),
check
check
that
that
thethe
carcardoes
doesnotnotrise.
rise.This
Thiswould
wouldin infact
fact
mean
meanthat
thatthetherods
rodsof ofthethetelescopic
telescopic
cylinder
cylinderriseriseand
andthat
thatthethesmall
smallfilling
filling
valves
valves
close!
close!
RodRod
n n
1 1
AirAir
vent
vent
n n
1 1
Block
Block
head
head
screws
screws
RodRod
n n
2 2
AirAir
vent
vent
n n
2 2
Block
Block
head
head
screws
screws
RodRod
n n
3 3

AirAir
vent
vent
n n
3 3
Block
Block
head
head
screws
screws

Warning:
Warning:
Remember
Remember
that,
that,
when
when
thethe
carcar
is isat atthethebottom
bottomwithout
withoutdampers,
dampers,thethe
safety
safetydistance
distancein inthethepitpitand
andbetween
between
thethe
guides
guides
areare
notnot
respected!
respected!
Filling
Filling
valves
valves

3) 3)
Open
Open
allall
thethe
vents
vents
onon
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
heads
heads
(n(n
3 3
forfor3 3stages,
stages,n2n2forfor2 2stages
stages- see
- seedrawing
drawing
n. n.
20).
20).
4) 4)
Disconnect
Disconnect
electrically
electrically
coilcoil
EVR
EVR
forfor
high
high
speed
speed
so so
that
that
only
only
a small
a small
quantity
quantity
of of
oiloil
gets
gets
into
into
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
Then
Then
operate
operate
as as
perper
thethe
previous
previous
point
point
4) 4)
- 5)
- 5)
- 6)
- 6)
- 7)
- 7)
- 8)
- 8)
- 9).
- 9).
Finally
Finally
make
make
thethe

CapCap

Draw.
Draw.
2020Vents
Vents
of of
thethe
telescopic
telescopic
cylinders
cylinders

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
35 35

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

After
Afterthetheassembling
assemblingoperations
operationshave
havebeen
been
completed,
completed,
after
after
thethe
oiloil
hashas
been
been
filled
filled
and
and
thethe
airair
hashas
been
been
purged
purged
from
from
thethe
circuit,
circuit,
it it
is is
proper
proper
to to
make
make
thethe
following
following
checks.
checks.
6.16.1CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
OILOIL
LEVEL
LEVEL
ININ
THE
THE
TANK
TANK
When
Whenthethecylinder
cylinderis isin inupper
upperend
endposition,
position,
check
check
that
that
thethe
oiloil
level
level
in in
thethe
tank
tank
covers
covers
thethe
motor-pump
motor-pumpgroup
groupwell
well(min.
(min.2 2cmcmover
overthethe
motor).
motor).
When
Whenthethecylinder
cylinderis isin inlower
lowerextra-travel
extra-travel
position,
position,
thethe
oiloil
level
level
hashas
to to
bebe
7/87/8
cmcm
under
under
thethe
tank
tank
edge.
edge.
6.26.2CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
MAX.
MAX.
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
When
Whenthethemain
mainline
lineshut-off
shut-offvalve
valveis isclosed,
closed,
thethe
motor
motor
activated
activated
forfor
thethe
upper
upper
travel,
travel,
thethe
oiloil discharges
discharges into
into thethe tank
tank and
and thethe
manometer
manometer
shows
shows
thethe
max.
max.
adjusting
adjusting
pressure
pressure
of of
thethe
overpressure
overpressure
valve.
valve.
TheThe
value
value
of of
thethe
max
max
adjusting
adjusting
pressure
pressure
hashas
to to
correspond
correspond to to1,41,4times
timesthethemax
maxstatic
static
pressure
pressure
with
with
fullfull
load.
load.
6.36.3
CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
START
START
ININ
UPWARD
UPWARD
DIRECTION
DIRECTION
In Inorder
orderto togetgeta smooth
a smoothstart
startof ofthethemotor
motorin in
upward
upward
direction
direction
without
without
load,
load,
bebe
sure
sure
that:
that:
In Ininstallations
installationswith
withdirect
directstart,
start,coilcoilEVR
EVRhashas
notnot
to to
bebe
connected
connected
before
before
thethe
motor;
motor;
In Ininstallations
installationswith
withstar-delta
star-deltastart
startof ofsoftsoftstarter,
starter,coils
coilsEVS
EVSand
andEVD
EVDhave
haveto tobebe
connected
connected
after
after
that
that
thethe
manoeuvre
manoeuvre
panel
panel
hashas
completed
completed
thethe
electrical
electrical
motor
motor
start;
start;
When
Whenthetheshut-off
shut-offvalve
valveis isclosed,
closed,discharge
discharge
pressure
pressure
using
using
thethe
emergency
emergency
button
button
and
and
start
start
upupthethemotor
motoragain:
again:check
checkthat
thatthethepressure
pressure
rises
rises
slowly
slowly
from
from
itsits
minimum
minimum
to to
itsits
maximum
maximum

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

value.
value.If Ifnecessary,
necessary,operate
operateas asperperchapter
chapter
"Adjusting
"Adjusting
and
and
regulation
regulation
of of
NLNL
valve
valve
group".
group".
6.46.4CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
SEALING
SEALING
OFOF
SEALS
SEALS
AND
AND
PIPES
PIPES
Check
Checkvisually
visuallythetheconnection
connectionpipe
pipesealing,
sealing,in in
particular
particular
thethe
joints
joints
of of
thethe
flexible
flexible
hoses
hoses
and
and
rigid
rigid
pipes.
pipes.
Check
Check
that
that
nono
dirtdirt
is present
is present
in in
thethe
oiloil
recovering
recovering
pipe
pipe
and
and
that
that
thethe
pipe
pipe
is is
connected
connected
to to
itsits
proper
proper
tank.
tank.
After
Aftersome
sometravels,
travels,thetherodrodlooks
lookscovered
coveredbybya a
small
small
quantity
quantity
of of
oiloil
needed
needed
forfor
itsits
lubrication.
lubrication.
A possible
A possible
oiloil
ring
ring
onon
thethe
rodrod
could
could
appear
appear
in in
thethe
first
firstworking
workingdays
daysbecause
becauseof ofdeformation
deformationor or
hardening
hardening
of of
thethe
seal,
seal,
in in
particular
particular
if the
if the
cylinder
cylinder
hashasremained
remainedlaid
laiddown
downforfora long
a longtime
timeononthethe
site.
site.
This
Thisphenomenon
phenomenonwillwilldisappear
disappearafter
aftera ashort
short
period
period
of of
time.
time.
Only
Only
if there
if there
is ais huge
a huge
oiloil
quantity
quantity
in inthetherecovery
recoverytank,
tank,it itwillwillbebenecessary
necessaryto to
replace
replace
thethe
seals.
seals.
6.56.5CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
RUPTURE
RUPTURE
VALVE
VALVE
INTERVENTION
INTERVENTION
BeBe
sure
sure
that
that
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
hashas
already
already
been
been
adjusted.
adjusted.
If Ifnecessary,
necessary,regulate
regulateit it according
accordingto tothethe
handbook
handbookforforthetheadjusting
adjustingoperations
operationsor orthethe
instruction
instructionreported
reportedin inparagraph
paragraph7.27.2"Adjusting
"Adjusting
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve".
valve".
TheThedown
downtravel
travelintervention
interventiontest
testhashasto tobebe
carried
carriedoutoutwhen
whenthethecarcarhashasbeen
beenloaded
loadedwith
with
thethe
nominal
nominal
load
load
uniformly
uniformly
distributed
distributed
according
according
to to
thethe
instructions
instructions
reported
reported
in in
paragraph
paragraph
7.37.3
"Test
"Test
and
and
working
working
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve".
valve".

ENGLISH

6. 6. CONTROL
CONTROL
AND
AND
TESTS
TESTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.035
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.035
D840MGB.035
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
36 36

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

6.66.6CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
ATAT
TWICE
TWICE
THE
THE
STATIC
STATIC
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
This
Thischeck
checkhashasto tobebecarried
carriedoutoutonly
onlyafter
afterthethe
check
check
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
intervention
intervention
and
and
when
when
thethe
oiloil
temperature
temperature
is constant.
is constant.
TheTheoiloilhashasnotnotto tobebehot:
hot:thethetest
testhashasto tobebe
carried
carried
outout
only
only
when
when
thethe
oiloil
temperature
temperature
is is
thethe
same
same
as as
thethe
room
room
temperature
temperature
(please
(please
note
note
that
that
in in
a close
a close
circuit,
circuit,
thethe
temperature
temperature
variation
variation
of of
1C1C
cancan
cause
cause
a pressure
a pressure
variation
variation
of of
9 bar):
9 bar):

ENGLISH

- -If necessary,
If necessary,
determine
determine
thethe
max.
max.
static
static
pressure
pressure
loading
loading
thethe
carcar
with
with
thethe
nominal
nominal
load.
load.
- -Take
Take
thethe
piston
piston
to to
upper
upper
end
end
position
position
with
with
thethe
main
mainmotor
motoruntil
untilthetheadjusting
adjustingpressure
pressureis is
reached
reached
and
and
stop
stop
in in
this
this
position.
position.
- -Increase
Increasethethepressure
pressureslowly
slowlywith
withthethehand
hand
pump
pump
until
until
double
double
thethe
max.
max.
static
static
pressure.
pressure.
- -Check
Check
pressure
pressure
fallfall
and
and
losses
losses
within
within
5 minutes,
5 minutes,
taking
taking
into
into
account
account
thethe
possible
possible
effects
effects
due
due
to to
thethe
oiloil
temperature
temperature
variation.
variation.
If Ifnecessary,
necessary,repeat
repeatthethetest,
test,re-charging
re-chargingthethe
pressure
pressureforfor2/32/3times
timeswith
withthethehand
handpump,
pump,
controlling
controlling
that
that
pressure
pressure
does
does
notnot
decrease
decrease
byby
5/65/6
barbar
during
during
thethe
first
first
4/54/5
minutes.
minutes.
If needed,
If needed,
read
read
paragraph
paragraph
"Maintenance
"Maintenance
of of
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
lift".
lift".
- -When
Whenthethetest
testhashasfinished,
finished,take
takeback
backthethe
pressure
pressureto tothethevalue
valueof ofthethestatic
staticpressure,
pressure,
activating
activating
thethe
emergency
emergency
button
button
manually
manually
and
and
control
controlvisually
visuallythetheintegrity
integrityof ofthethehydraulic
hydraulic
system.
system.
6.76.7CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
ROD
ROD
COUNTER-PRESSURE
COUNTER-PRESSURE
AND
AND
HAND
HAND
MANOEUVRE
MANOEUVRE
- -ForFor
indirect
indirect
acting
acting
installations
installations
2:1,
2:1,
check
check
that,
that,
when
whenthethecarcaris isblocked
blockedononthetheproper
proper
parachutes
parachutes or or lays
lays onon itsits dampers,
dampers, byby

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.036
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.036
D840MGB.036
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

activating
activating
thethe
redred
emergency
emergency
button,
button,
thethe
rodrod
does
does
notnot
gogo
down
down
making
making
thethe
ropes
ropes
loosen.
loosen.
If If
necessary,
necessary,screw
screw
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
3 until
3 until
it it
stops.
stops.
- -ForFor
any
any
kind
kind
of of
installation,
installation,
check
check
that,
that,
when
when
thethecarcaris isfree
freeto togogodown,
down,it itgoes
goesdown
down
regularly
regularlyat ata areduced
reducedspeed
speedwhen
whenthethe
emergency
emergency
button
button
is pushed.
is pushed.
TheThe emergency
emergency valve
valve is is protected
protected
against
againstcasual
casualactivation
activation(EN(EN81.2
81.2- 12.9.1.4)
12.9.1.4)
- Before
- Before
pushing
pushing
thethe
button,
button,
rotate
rotate
thethe
handle
handleso sothat
thatthethehorizontal
horizontalplug
plugis is
positioned
positionedwith
withrespect
respectto toitsitsproper
proper
seat.
seat.
- - When
When this
this operation
operation hashas been
been
completed,
completed,take
takeback
backthetheplug
plugto tothethe
safety
safety
position.
position.
6.86.8CHECK
CHECK
AND
AND
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
OFOF
THE
THE
HAND
HAND
PUMP
PUMP
When
When
thethe
main
main
shut-off
shut-off
valve
valve
is closed,
is closed,
activating
activating
thethe
hand
hand
pump,
pump,
thethe
pressure
pressure
onon
thethe
manometer
manometer
hashas
to to
increase
increase
upup
to to
thethe
adjusting
adjusting
value.
value.
TheThesafety
safetyvalve
valveof ofthethehand
handpump
pumphashasto tobebe
adjusted
adjustedat at2,32,3times
timesthethestatic
staticpressure
pressureof ofthethe
installation
installation
with
with
fullfull
load.
load.
TheThe
regulation
regulation
screw
screw
of of
thethe
hand
hand
pump
pump
is is
onon
thethe
leftleft
of of
thethe
lever.
lever.
If If
necessary,
necessary,
seesee
instructions
instructions
at at
point
point
8.2.8
8.2.8
forfor
thethe
regulation.
regulation.
6.96.9CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
TIME
TIME
DURING
DURING
WHICH
WHICH
THE
THE
MOTOR
MOTOR
IS IS
UNDER
UNDER
TENSION
TENSION
Simulating
Simulating
thethe
installation
installation
working
working
during
during
thethe
upup
travel,
travel,
control
control
thethe
regulation
regulation
of of
thethe
intervention
intervention
time
time
of of
thethe
timer
timer
which
which
keeps
keeps
thethe
motor
motor
under
under
tension.
tension.
TheThe
max
max
time
time
corresponds
corresponds
to to
thethe
time
time
needed
needed
forfor
a complete
a complete
upward
upward
travel
travel
with
with
thethe
nominal
nominal
load
load
plus
plus
6060
seconds.
seconds.

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
37 37

6.10
6.10CHECK
CHECK
OFOF
THE
THE
MOTOR
MOTOR
AND
AND
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
PROTECTION
PROTECTION
AllAll
thethe
motors
motors
areare
supplied
supplied
with
with
thermistors
thermistors
with
with
intervention
intervention
temperature
temperature
corresponding
corresponding
to to
110C.
110C.
TheTheresistance
resistanceof ofthethethermistors
thermistorsis isabout
about
200
200
- 300
- 300
Ohm
Ohm
when
when
their
their
temperature
temperature
is is
lower
lower
than
than
110C,
110C,
butbut
it increases
it increases
strongly
strongly
to to
1500/3000
1500/3000
Ohm
Ohm
when
when
their
their
temperature
temperature
is reaching
is reaching
110C.
110C.
If the
If the
electrical
electrical
panel
panel
is equipped
is equipped
with
with
thethe
special
special
release
releasedevice
deviceforforthethethermistors
thermistorsand
andthey
theyareare
correctly
correctlyconnected,
connected,it itis ispossible
possibleto tocheck
checkthethe
working,
working,simulating,
simulating,forforexample,
example,thethelack
lackof ofa a
phase
phasein inthethemotor
motorfeeding
feedingor orfollowing
followingthethe
instructions
instructionsgiven
givenbybythethemanufacturer
manufacturerof ofthethe
electrical
electrical
panel.
panel.
TheThe
approx.
approx.
values
values
forfor
thethe
intervention
intervention
times
times
of of
thethe
thermistors
thermistors
areare
thethe
following
following
ones:
ones:

TEMPERATURES
TEMPERATURES

TIMES
TIMES

from
from
20 20
to to
110110
C:C:

15 15
- 20
- 20
sec.sec.

from
from
50 50
to to
110110
C:C:

10 10
- 15
- 15
sec.sec.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.037
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.037
D840MGB.037
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

installation:
installation:in infact
factthethenoise
noiseis issometimes
sometimes
transmitted
transmittedor oreven
evenexpanded
expandedbybythethebuilding
building
walls
wallsor orbybythetheconnecting
connectingpipes,
pipes,thus
thusreaching
reaching
thethe
liftlift
space
space
or or
thethe
rooms
rooms
next
next
to to
it. it.
When
Whenit ithappens
happensit itis isnecessary
necessaryto tooperate
operateas as
follows:
follows:
1-1UseUse some
some thick
thick rubber
rubber to to isolate
isolate thethe
connecting
connectingpipes
pipesfrom
fromcollars
collarsused
usedto tofixfixthethe
pipes
pipes
to to
thethe
walls;
walls;
2-2UseUsesome
somethick
thickrubber
rubberto toisolate
isolateboth
boththethe
cylinder
cylinderhead
headfrom
fromitsitsfixing
fixingcollar
collarand
andthethe
cylinder
cylinder
bottom
bottom
from
from
itsits
support;
support;
3-3ToTo
connect
connect
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
to to
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
useuse
a a
piece
pieceof offlexible
flexiblehose
hoseplaced
placednear
nearthethepump
pump
unit
unit
which
which
hashas
to to
bebe
at at
least
least
5/65/6
metres
metres
long;
long;
4-4Add
Add
some
some
oiloil
in in
thethe
tank
tank
upup
to to
thethe
maximum
maximum
level
level
allowed;
allowed;
5-5Make
Makesure
surethat
thatthethepipe
pipedischarging
dischargingoiloilfrom
from
thethe
valve
valve
to to
thethe
tank,
tank,
always
always
discharges
discharges
under
under
thethe
tank
tank
oiloil
level;
level;
6-6Check
Check
that
that
there
there
is no
is no
airair
in in
thethe
oil.oil.
6.12
6.12MANOMETER
MANOMETERSHUT-OFF
SHUT-OFF

6.11
6.11
NOISE
NOISE
TheThenoise
noiseof ofOmar
OmarLiftLiftpump
pumpunits
unitsis isnormally
normally
very
very
low.
low.
With
Withaverage
averageworking
workingconditions,
conditions,when
whenoiloil
temperaure
temperaure
is at
is at
30/40
30/40
and
and
pressure
pressure
at at
25/30
25/30
bar,
bar,
noise
noisedoes
doesnotnotnormally
normallyexceed
exceedthethefollowing
following
values:
values:
pump
pump
units
units
upup
to to
150
150
l/min:
l/min:
6264
6264dBA;
dBA;
pump
pump
units
units
from180
from180
to to
300
300
l/min:
l/min:
6365
6365dBA;
dBA;
pump
units
units
from
from
360
360
to to
600
600
l/min:
l/min:
6467
6467dBA.
dBA.
pump
Anyway
Anywaysome
someexternal
externalcauses
causescancandetermine
determineanan
increase
increasein inthethenoise
noisetransmission
transmissionof ofthethe

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

TheThemanometer,
manometer,which
whichis isplaced
placedononthethevalve
valve
group,
group,
is supplied
is supplied
with
with
anan
exclusion
exclusion
shut-off.
shut-off.
During
Duringthetheregular
regularworking
workingof ofthethelift,lift,thethe
manometer
manometer
shut-off
shut-off
hashas
to to
bebe
perfectly
perfectly
closed
closed
to to
avoid
avoidpossible
possibleoiloillosses
lossesor ordamage
damageto tothethe
manometer
manometer
itself.
itself.

ENGLISH

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
38 38

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
7. 7. ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
AND
AND
TEST
TEST
OFOF
THE
THE
RUPTURE
RUPTURE
VALVE
VALVE

7.17.1GENERAL
GENERAL
INFORMATION
INFORMATION

ENGLISH

- -TheTherupture
rupturevalve
valveis isthethehydraulic
hydraulicparachute
parachute
assembled
assembled
onon
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
It It
operates
operates
against
against
thethefree
freefallfallor orthethedown
downtravel
travelwith
withanan
excessive
excessive
speed.
speed.
- -TheThe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
hashas
to to
bebe
capable
capable
to to
stop
stop
thethe
carcarduring
duringthethedown
downtravel
traveland
andkeep
keepit itstill,
still,
when
whenthethedownward
downwardspeed
speedexceeds
exceedsthethe
nominal
nominal
speed
speed
+ 0,3
+ 0,3
m/s.
m/s.
at at
thethe
latest.
latest.
- -Practically
Practically
it is
it is
possible
possible
to to
fixfix
a speed
a speed
increase
increase
corresponding
correspondingto to30%
30%of ofthethenominal
nominalspeed.
speed.
This
This
value
value
covers
covers
allall
thethe
applications
applications
until
until
thethe
max
max
admitted
admitted
speed
speed
forfor
hydraulic
hydraulic
installations:
installations:
1 m/sec.
1 m/sec.
- -TheThecarcarspeed
speedchanges
changeswith
withthethevariation
variationof of
thethe
oiloil
which
which
goes
goes
through
through
thethe
valve:
valve:
adjusting
adjusting
a avalve
valvemeans
meanslimiting
limitingthethepassage
passageto toa a
minimum
minimumvalue
valuewhich
whichletsletsananoiloilquantity,
quantity,
lower
lowerthan
thanthetheadjusting
adjustingvalue,
value,runrunfree
freeand
and
blocks
blocks
thethe
oiloil
flow
flow
when
when
thethe
adjusting
adjusting
value
value
is is
reached.
reached.
This
Thisis isobtained
obtainedbybyoperating
operatingononthethevalve
valve
regulation
regulation
screw:
screw:
Screw,
Screw,
thethe
adjusting
adjusting
value
value
decreases
decreases
Unscrew,
Unscrew,
thethe
adjusting
adjusting
value
value
increases
increases
- -TheTheexcessive
excessivespeed
speedduring
duringthethedownward
downward
travel
travel(or(orsimulation
simulationof ofthetherupture
ruptureof ofthethe
connection
connectionpipe)
pipe)is isobtained
obtainedbybyclosing
closingthethe
screw
screw
n. n.
4 on
4 on
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
valve
valve
group.
group.
7.27.2ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
OFOF
THE
THE
RUPTURE
RUPTURE
VALVE
VALVE
If If
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
hashas
notnot
been
been
adjusted
adjusted
in in
thethe
factory,
factory,
it is
it is
necessary
necessary
to to
adjust
adjust
it directly
it directly
onon
thethe
installation,
installation,using
usingthethediagrams
diagramsof ofthethetable
tableonon
page
page
D840MGB.039.
D840MGB.039.
D840M3L.039).
There
There areare four
four diagrams
diagrams in in this
this table,
table,

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.038
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.038
D840MGB.038
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

corresponding
corresponding
to to
thethe
four
four
types
types
of of
valve.
valve.
- "Q"
- "Q"value
valuein inlitres/min.
litres/min.represents
representsthetheoiloilflow
flow
through
through
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve.
valve.
- -"Y""Y"value,
value,represents
representshow
howmany
manymm
mmthethe
regulation
regulationscrew
screwhashasto tolean
leanout,
out,when
whenthethe
regulation
regulationoperation
operationhashasbeen
beencompleted.
completed.
Operate
Operate
as as
follows
follows
to to
adjust
adjust
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve:
valve:
a) a)
Find
Find
outout
thethe
size
size
of of
thethe
valve
valve
to to
bebe
setset
up,up,
reading
reading
thethe
valve
valve
plate
plate
or or
drawing
drawing
it it
from
from
thethe
oiloil
inlet
inlet
dimension:
dimension:

OILOIL
INLET
INLET

END
END
FITTING
FITTING
NOMINAL
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
DIAMETER VALVE
VALVE
SIZE
SIZE FLOW
FLOW
RANGE
RANGE
[mm]
[mm]
litres/min
litres/min

R =R fl"
= fl"

22 22

VP VP
034034

15 15
35
35

R =R1"
= 1"

35 35

VP VP
114114

35 35
150
150

R =R1fi"
= 1fi"

42 42

VP VP
112112

70 70
300
300

R =R2"
= 2"

2";2";
2 x242
x 42

VP VP
200200

150150
600
600

b) b)
Find
Findoutoutthetheflow
flowin inlitres/min.
litres/min.of ofthethepump
pump
assembled
assembledononthethepump
pumpunit,
unit,thethenominal
nominal
speed
speed
depends
depends
on.on.
c) c)
Calculate
Calculate
value
value
"Q""Q"
in in
litres/min.
litres/min.
able
able
to to
make
make
thethedownward
downwardspeed
speedincrease
increasebyby30%
30%about
about
with
with
respect
respect
to to
thethe
nominal
nominal
speed.
speed.
Considering
Considering
installations
installationswith
withupward
upwardspeed
speedequal
equalto tothethe
downward
downward
speed,
speed,
it results:
it results:
Installation
Installation
with
with
a rupture
a rupture
valve
valve
(one
(one
cylinder)
cylinder)
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)= pump
= pump
capacity
capacityx 1,3
x 1,3
Installations
Installationswith
withtwo
tworupture
rupturevalves
valves(two
(two
cylinders)
cylinders)
Q Q(l/min)
(l/min)
= pump
= pump
capacity
capacityx 1,3
x 1,3
: 2: 2
d) d)Find
Findoutout"Y""Y"value
valueononthetheadjusting
adjusting

D840MGB 7-04-2006
7-04-2006 9:45
9:45 Pagina
Pagina 38
38
D840MGB

ADJUSTING AND
AND TEST
TEST OF
OF THE
THE RUPTURE
RUPTURE VALVE
VALVE
7.7. ADJUSTING

Pagina/page
D840M3L.039
Pagina/page
Pagina/page D840MGB.038
D840MIT.039
D840MGB.038
Pagina/page
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Department
TechnicalDepartment
Department
Technical

leggere
ilThis
valore
Y corresponds
che corrisponde
allaQ
Esempio:
1 1the
Valvola
VP
114of
corresponding
to
the
fourVP
types
ofvalve.
valve.
7.1 GENERAL
GENERAL
INFORMATION
corresponding
to
four
types
7.1
table.INFORMATION
value
to the
Example: nn
Valve
114
portata
Q precedentemente
e
nn1 1Pompa
capacity
which has beencalcolata
previously

Pump 100
100 l/min
l/m
The posizionare
rupture valve
valve isis
thedihydraulic
hydraulic
parachute
-- The
rupture
the
parachute
vite
regolazione
alla
Q
=
calculatedlaand
position
the regulation
"Q" value
=100
100x x1,3
1,3
=130
130l/min
l/mthe
value in
inQ=litres/min.
litres/min.
represents
the oil
oil flow
flow
-- "Q"
represents
assembled
on
the
cylinder.
It
operates
against
assembled
on
the
cylinder.
It
operates
quota
Yatcome
neldrawing
disegno.against
Y Y=rupture
screw
valueindicato
Y, as the
shows.
through
=3030mm
mm
through
the
rupture
valve.
the
valve.
the free
free fall
fall or
or the
the down
down travel
travel with
with an
an
the
"Y" value,
value, represents
represents how
how many
many mm
mm the
the
-- "Y"
excessivespeed.
speed.
excessive
Adjusting
value
Quota di taratura
regulation
screw
has
to
lean
out,
when
the
regulation
screw
has
to
lean
out,
when
the
Therupture
rupturevalve
valvehas
hasto
tobe
becapable
capableto
tostop
stopthe
the
-- The
regulation operation
operation has
has been
been completed.
completed.
regulation
Open
rupture
valvekeep
Valvola
aperta
car during
during the
the down
down
travel
and
keep itit still,
still,
car
travel
and
Operate as
as follows
follows to
to adjust
adjust the
the rupture
rupture valve:
valve:
Operate
when the
the downward
downward speed
speed exceeds
exceeds the
the
when
nominalspeed
speed++0,3
0,3m/s.
m/s.at
atthe
theVALVOLA
latest.
nominal
latest.
R

QQnominale
Q di
taratura
B
nominal
Q set
up
Find
outthe
thesize
sizeof
ofMax
the[l/min]
valveto
tobe
beset
set
out
the
valve
Valve
R
[mm]
[l/min]
[mm] a)a)Find
[l/mm]
[l/mm]
Practically itit isis possible
possible to
to fix
fix aa speed
speed increase
increase
-- Practically
up,reading
readingthe
thevalve
valveplate
plateor
ordrawing
drawingitit
up,
corresponding to
to 30%
30% of
of the
the nominal
nominal
speed.
corresponding
VP
034 speed.
R 3/4
16
15
35inlet
100
fromthe
theoil
oil
inletdimension:
dimension:
from
This value
value covers
covers all
all the
the applications
applications
untilRthe
the
This
VP 114until
1 1/4
24
35 150
300
maxadmitted
admittedspeed
speedfor
forhydraulic
hydraulicinstallations:
installations:
max
VP 112 R 1 1/2
34
70 300
550
m/sec.
11m/sec.
ENDFITTING
FITTING
NOMINAL
END
NOMINAL
VP
200
R
2
40
150

600
900
The car
car speed
speed changes
changes with
with the
the variation
variation of
of
-- The
OILINLET
INLET
DIAMETER
VALVESIZE
SIZE FLOW
FLOWRANGE
RANGE
OIL
DIAMETER
VALVE
theoil
oilwhich
whichgoes
goesthrough
throughthe
thevalve:
valve:adjusting
adjusting
the
P = 1 Bar
[mm]
litres/min
[mm]
litres/min
valve means
means limiting
limiting the
the passage
passage to
toTaa = 20 C
aa valve
R== fl"
fl"
22
VP034
034
1535
35
22
VP
15
minimum value
value which
which lets
lets an
an oil
oil quantity,
quantity,
minimum
Viscosit = 144R144
Viscosity
cSt cSt
lower than
than the
the adjusting
adjusting value,
value, run
run free
free and
and
lower
1"
35
VP114
114
35150
150
RR==1"
35
VP
35
blocksthe
theoil
oilflow
flowwhen
whenthe
theadjusting
adjustingvalue
valueisis
blocks
1fi"
42
VP112
112
70300
300
RR==1fi"
42
VP
70
reached.
reached.
Fig. 2121
Grafici
la
taratura
della
valvola
di
blocco
Draw.
Graphper
for
valve
adjusting
2"
2";22xx42
42
VP200
200
150600
600
RR==2"
2";
VP
150
This isis obtained
obtained by
by operating
operating on
on the
the valve
valve
This
regulationscrew:
screw:
regulation
Find out
out the
the flow
flow inin litres/min.
litres/min. of
of the
the pump
pump
b)b) Find
assembled on
on the
the pump
pump unit,
unit, the
the nominal
nominal
assembled
Screw,the
theadjusting
adjustingvalue
valuedecreases
decreases
Screw,
speeddepends
dependson.
on.
speed
Unscrew,the
theadjusting
adjustingvalue
valueincreases
increases
Unscrew,
Calculate value
value "Q"
"Q" inin litres/min.
litres/min. able
able to
to make
make
c)c) Calculate
the downward
downward speed
speed increase
increase by
by 30%
30% about
about
the
The excessive
excessive speed
speed during
during the
the downward
downward
-- The
withrespect
respectto
tothe
thenominal
nominalspeed.
speed.Considering
Considering
with
travel (or
(or simulation
simulation of
of the
the rupture
rupture of
of the
the
travel
installations with
with upward
upward speed
speed equal
equal to
to the
the
installations
connection pipe)
pipe) isis obtained
obtained by
by closing
closing the
the
connection
downwardspeed,
speed,ititresults:
results:
downward
screwn.n.44on
onthe
thepump
pumpunit
unitvalve
valvegroup.
group.
screw
7.2 ADJUSTING
ADJUSTINGOF
OFTHE
THERUPTURE
RUPTUREVALVE
VALVE
7.2

Installation with
with aa rupture
rupture valve
valve (one
(one cylinder)
cylinder)
Installation
(l/min) ==pump
pumpcapacity
capacity xx1,3
1,3
QQ(l/min)
Installations with
with two
two rupture
rupture valves
valves (two
(two
Installations
cylinders)
cylinders)
(l/min)==pump
pumpcapacity
capacity xx1,3
1,3::22
QQ (l/min)

the rupture
rupture valve
valve has
has not
not been
been adjusted
adjusted inin the
the
IfIf the
factory, itit isis necessary
necessary to
to adjust
adjust itit directly
directly on
on the
the
factory,
installation, using
using the
the diagrams
diagrams of
of the
the table
table on
on
installation,
pageD840MGB.039.
D840MGB.039.
page
There are
are four
four diagrams
diagrams inin this
this table,
table,
There
Find out
out "Y"
"Y" value
value on
on the
the adjusting
adjusting
d)d) Find
QQ == RUPTURE
VALVE FLOW
(SET UP(TARATURA
FLOW = NOMINAL
FLOW
+ 30%) + 30%)
PORTATA VALVOLA
DI BLOCCO
= PORTATA
NOMINALE

Possibilivariazioni
variazionisenza
senzapreavviso!
preavviso! Subject
Subject
Subjectto
tochange
changewithout
withoutnotice!
notice!
Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
senza
preavviso!
to
change
without
notice!

ENGLISH

MANUALE
ISTRUZIONI PER
COMPONENTI
IDRAULICI
OPERATINGDIINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
OPERATING
FOR
HYDRAULIC

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
40 40

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

7.37.3
TEST
TEST
AND
AND
WORKING
WORKING
OFOF
THETHE
RUPTURE
RUPTURE
VALVE
VALVE
a) a)
GetGet
thethe
travel
travel
shaft
shaft
free
free
andand
be be
sure
sure
that
thatthethewhole
wholeliftliftequipment
equipmentis is
perfectly
perfectly
working.
working.

ENGLISH

b) b)
Load
Load
thethe
carcar
with
with
thethe
nominal
nominal
load
load
andand
take
take
it it
to to
thethe
upper
upper
floor.
floor.
c) c)
Screw
Screw
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
4 completely.
4 completely.
This
This
screw
screw
is is
located
located
onon
thethe
NLNL
valve
valve
group
group
onon
thethe
pump
pump
unit.
unit.
d) d)Make
Makea travel
a travelfrom
fromthetheupper
upperfloor
floorto tothethe
lowest
lowest
one.
one.
e) e)
TheThe
carcar
speed
speed
increases
increases
upup
to to
exceeding
exceeding
thethe
nominal
nominal
speed.
speed.
f) f)TheTherupture
rupturevalve
valveintervenes
interveneswhen
whenthethe
downward
downward
speed
speed
increases
increases
by by
30%
30%
about
about
with
with
respect
respect
to tothethe
nominal
nominal
speed.
speed.
As As
a result,
a result,
thethe
carcar
decelerates
decelerates
upup
to to
stop.
stop.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.040
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.040
D840MGB.040
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

g) g)
If, If,
after
after
some-metre
some-metre
runrun
at at
a speed
a speed
higher
higherthan
thanthethenominal
nominalone,
one,thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
hashas
notnot
intervened,
intervened,
stop
stop
thethe
carcar
pushing
pushing
button
button
"STOP".
"STOP".
Adjust
Adjust
again
againthetherupture
rupturevalve,
valve,screwing
screwingthethe
regulation
regulation
screw
screw
gradually
gradually
( turn
( turn
by by

turn)
turn)
andand
repeat
repeat
thethe
test.
test.
h) h)
Unscrew
Unscrew
again
again
screw
screw
n. n.
4 by
4 by
two
two
turns
turns
andand
fixfix
it with
it with
a proper
a proper
nut.
nut.
Check
Check
that
that
thethe
valve
valve
does
does
notnot
intervene
intervene
during
during
thethe
downward
downward
travel,
travel,
at at
these
these
conditions.
conditions.
Otherwise
Otherwise
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
regulation
regulation
screw
screw
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
lightly
lightly
andand
repeat
repeat
thethe
test.
test.
i) i)When
Whenthethetesttesthashasfinished,
finished,block
blockthethe
regulation
regulation
screw
screw
with
with
thethe
lock
lock
nutnut
andand
seal
seal
with
with
redred
paint
paintor or
linklink
thethe
two
two
proper
proper
holes,
holes,
oneone
located
located
onon
thethe
screw
screw
andand
thethe
other
other
onon
thethe
valve
valve
block,
block,
with
with
iron
iron
wire
wire
andand
plumb.
plumb.

D840MGB
D840MGB 7-04-2006
7-04-2006 9:45
9:45 Pagina
Pagina4141

Pagina/page
D840M3L.041
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.041
D840MGB.041
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
8.8. ADJUSTING
ADJUSTINGAND
ANDREGULATION
REGULATIONOFOFNL
NLVALVE
VALVEGROUP
GROUP

~1 SEC

Attacco
Attacco
cilindro
cilindroAttacco
Attacco
Pulsante
Pulsante
di emergenza
di emergenza
To theTocylinder
the cylinder pressostato
pressostato
Emergency
Emergency
button
button
Inlet for
Inlet
pressure
for pressure
switch
switch

DOWNWARD
DISCESA

Corrente
Corrente
elettricaelettrica
attivata attivata
/ Electrical
/ Electrical
power activated
power activated
Corrente
Corrente
elettricaelettrica
disattivata
disattivata
/ Electrical
/ Electrical
power disactivated
power disactivated

Eventuale
Eventuale
resistenza
resistenza
A A
Possible
Possible
resistance
resistance
A A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A-

VITE
1 - VITE
REGOLAZIONE
REGOLAZIONE
PRESSIONE
PRESSIONE
MASSIMA
MASSIMA
EVSEVS
- ELETTROVALVOLA
- ELETTROVALVOLA
SALITA
SALITA
(SOLO
(SOLO
)
)
VITE
2 - VITE
REGOLAZIONE
REGOLAZIONE
BASSA
BASSA
VELOCITA
VELOCITA
EVREVR
- ELETTROVALVOLA
- ELETTROVALVOLA
RALLENTAMENTO
RALLENTAMENTO
VITE
3 - VITE
REGOLAZIONE
REGOLAZIONE
CONTROPRESSIONE
CONTROPRESSIONE
STELO
STELO
EVDEVD
- ELETTROVALVOLA
- ELETTROVALVOLA
DISCESA
DISCESA
IDRAULICO
IDRAULICO
)
)
R - PUNTO
R - PUNTO
DI RALLENTAMENTO
DI RALLENTAMENTO
SALITA
SALITA
VITE
4 - VITE
PROVA
PROVA
VALVOLA
VALVOLA
DI BLOCCO
DI BLOCCO
(PARACADUTE
(PARACADUTE
VITE
5 - VITE
REGOLAZIONE
REGOLAZIONE
RALLENTAMENTO
RALLENTAMENTO
S - PUNTO
S - PUNTO
DI FERMATA
DI FERMATA
IN SALITA
IN SALITA
VITE
6 - VITE
LIMITATORE
LIMITATORE
VELOCITA
VELOCITA
SALITA
SALITA
Q - PUNTO
Q - PUNTO
DI RALLENTAMENTO
DI RALLENTAMENTO
IN DISCESA
IN DISCESA
VITE
7 - VITE
REGOLAZIONE
REGOLAZIONE
PARTENZA
PARTENZA
IN SALITA
IN SALITA
T - PUNTO
T - PUNTO
DI FERMATA
DI FERMATA
IN DISCESA
IN DISCESA
VITE
8 - VITE
REGOLAZIONE
REGOLAZIONE
ALTA
ALTA
VELOCITA
VELOCITA
DISCESA
DISCESA
L - PIANO
L - PIANO
SUPERIORE
SUPERIORE
VITE
9 - VITE
REGOLAZIONE
REGOLAZIONE
PRESSIONE
PRESSIONE
MAXMAX
POMPA
POMPA
A MANO
A MANO P - PIANO
P - PIANO
INFERIORE
INFERIORE
RESISTENZA
A - RESISTENZA
RISCALDAMENTO
RISCALDAMENTO
VALVOLA
VALVOLA

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A-

MAXIMUM
1 - MAXIMUM
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
LOW
2 - LOW
SPEED
SPEED
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
ROD
3 - ROD
COUNTER-PRESSURE
COUNTER-PRESSURE
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
RUPTURE
4 - RUPTURE
VALVE
VALVE
TEST
TEST
SCREW
SCREW
DECELERATION
5 - DECELERATION
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
UP
6 - HIGH
UP HIGH
SPEED
SPEED
LIMITING
LIMITING
SCREW
SCREW
UP
7 - DEPARTURE
UP DEPARTURE
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
DOWN
8 - DOWN
HIGHHIGH
SPEED
SPEED
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
HAND
9 - HAND
PUMP
PUMP
MAXMAX
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
VALVE
A - VALVE
HEATING
HEATING
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE

EVSEVS
- UP- ELECTROVALVE
UP ELECTROVALVE
(
( ONLY)
ONLY)
EVREVR
- SLOWING
- SLOWING
ELECTROVALVE
ELECTROVALVE
EVDEVD
- DOWN
- DOWN
ELECTROVALVE
ELECTROVALVE
R - UP
R - SLOWING
UP SLOWING
POINT
POINT
S - UP
S - STOP
UP STOP
POINT
POINT
Q - DOWN
Q - DOWN
SLOWING
SLOWING
POINT
POINT
T - DOWN
T - DOWN
STOP
STOP
POINT
POINT
L - UPPER
L - UPPER
FLOOR
FLOOR
P - LOWER
P - LOWER
FLOOR
FLOOR

Draw.
Draw.2222Upward
Upwardand
anddownward
downwardspeed
speeddiagram
diagram
lation
lationpoints,
points,the
thedescription
descriptionofofthe
theelectro-valves
electro-valves
and
andthe
thedata
dataneeded
neededtotoidentify
identifythe
theinstallation.
installation.
InIncase,
case,for
fordifferent
differentreasons,
reasons,it itis isnecessary
necessarytotorereadjust
adjustthe
thevalve,
valve,previously
previouslycheck
checkthat:
that:
- - allallthe
theelectrical
electricalconnections
connectionshave
havebeen
beencarried
carried
out
outcorrectly.
correctly.
- - the
theoiloilininthe
thetank
tankis isthe
theadvised
advisedone
oneand
anditsits
temperature
temperatureis isbetween
between1818and
and30C.
30C.
8.2
8.2ADJUSTING
ADJUSTINGAND
ANDREGULATION
REGULATIONOFOFNL
NLVALVE
VALVE
GROUP
GROUP

SCHEMA
SCHEMA
OLEODINAMICO
OLEODINAMICO
TIPOTIPO
NLNL
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
SCHEME
SCHEME
TYPE
TYPE
NLNL

Via F.lli
ViaKennedy,
F.lli Kennedy,
22/D22/D
I-24060
I-24060
Bagnatica
Bagnatica
(BG)(BG)
ITALY
ITALY
TEL.TEL.
+39.035.689611
+39.035.689611
FAX FAX
+39.035.689671
+39.035.689671
POMPA
POMPA
A VITI
A VITIL / MIN
L / MIN
SCREW
SCREW
PUMP
PUMP
BOBINE
BOBINE VOLT
VOLT
COILS
COILS
CLIENTE
CLIENTE
CUSTOMER
CUSTOMER

MOTORE
MOTORE
DUEDUE
POLIPOLIHP HP
TWO-POLE
TWO-POLE
MOTOR
MOTOR
COLLAUDO
COLLAUDO
TEST
TEST

KW KW

VOLT
VOLT

MATR.
MATR.
REG.REG.
N N
IMPIANTO
IMPIANTO
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
COD.COD.
200948
200948

Draw.
Draw.2323Identification
Identificationplate
plate

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

Attacco
Attacco
G G
EN
81,2
EN 81,2
Connection
Connection
G G
EN 81,2
EN 81,2

UPWARD

Pompa
Pompa
a mano
a mano
HandHand
pumppump

UPWARD
SALITA

Rubinetto
Rubinetto
e manometro
e manometro
Shut-off
Shut-off
valvevalve
and and
manometer
manometer

~1 SEC

Follow
Followthe
the"GENERAL
"GENERALDRAWING"
DRAWING"totounderstand
understand
better
betterthe
thevalve
valveworking
workingand
anditsitsregulations
regulations(see
(see
table
tablen.n.2525ononpage
pageD840MGB.043).
D840MGB.043).
D840M3L.043):

DISCESA

The
Thevalve
valvegroup
groupis isadjusted
adjustedand
andtested
testedininthe
the
factory
factorytogether
togetherwith
withshut-off
shut-offvalve
valveand
andmotormotorpump
pumpgroup
groupwhich
whichis isassembled
assembledinside
insidethe
thepump
pump
unit.
unit.
When
When the
the regulation
regulation has
has been
been completed,
completed, a a
diagram
diagramis isprepared
preparedwhich
whichreproduces
reproducesthe
thespeed
speed
behaviour
behaviourduring
duringupward
upwardand
anddownward
downwardtravels.
travels.
This
Thisdiagram
diagram(see
(seedrawing
drawingn.n.22)
22)is issupplied
supplied
together
togetherwith
withitsitspump
pumpunit.
unit.The
Theidentification
identification
plate
plate(see
(seedrawing
drawingn.n.23)
23)lays
laysononthe
thepump
pumpunit
unit
cover
coverand
andshows
showsthe
thevalve
valvedrawing,
drawing,allallthe
thereguregu-

The
Theregulation
regulationoperations
operationsare
arereported
reportedininthe
the
"REGULATION
"REGULATIONTABLE
TABLEOFOFTHE
THENLNLVALVE"
VALVE"(see
(see
table
tablen.n.2424ononpage
pageD840MGB.042).
D840MGB.042).
D840M3L.042):

SALITA
DOWNWARD

8.1
8.1GENERAL
GENERALINFORMATION
INFORMATION

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 42

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.042
Pagina/page D840MGB.042
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

Emergency button

To the cylinder

Shut-off valve and manometer

Inlet for pressure switch


Hand pump
Connection G fi
EN 81,2

ENGLISH

Possible resistance A

SCREW

DESCRIPTION

REGULATIONS

N 1

Adjusting of the valve max pressure

screw to increase max pressure


unscrew to decrease max pressure

N 2

Upward and downward low speed regulation

screw to decrease low speed


unscrew to increase low speed

N 3

Rod counter-pressure and rope anti-loosening


device adjusting

screw not to make the rod drop in emergency


unscrew to make the rod drop in emergency

N 4

Screw device for the rupture valve testing

screw deeply: the car speed tends to exceed the nominal speed

N 5

Choke device for deceleration from high to low


speed in upward and downward directions

screw to make the car brake more slowly


unscrew to make the car brake more quickly

N 6

High speed limiter

screw to reduce the upward speed


unscrew to increase the upward speed up to the max allowed by
the pump

N 7

Choke device for pressure activation and


upward start

screw to delay the pressure activation with a consequent smooth


start
unscrew to obtain an immediate pressure activation with a
consequent quick start

N 8

Down high speed regulator

screw to increase the downward speed


unscrew to decrease the downward speed

N 9

Hand pump pressure adjusting

screw to increase the hand pump adjusting pressure


unscrew to decrease the hand pump adjusting pressure

Tab. 24 Regulation table of NL valve

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 43

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.043
Pagina/page D840MGB.043
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department

1 Max pressure

STOP PHASE

EVS

upward start

7 Activation pressure

ENGLISH

VM

VRF
EVS
MOT

UPWARD

EVR

DOWNWARD
EVD
EVR

Tab. 25 General drawing

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

RUPTURE VALVE

Rod counterpressure
Rope anti-loosening

EVD

Rupture
valve test
4

VBP

8 Downward high speed

VR

6 Upward speed limiter

EVR

2 Low speed

5 Deceleration

Technical Department

Hand pump
pressure

D840MGB

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
44 44

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

8.2.1
8.2.1 ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
OFOF
THE
THE
OVER-PRESSURE
OVER-PRESSURE
VALVE:
VALVE:
SCREW
SCREW
N. N.
1 1

ENGLISH

TheTheover-pressure
over-pressurevalve
valvehashasto tobebe
adjusted
adjustedwith
witha apressure
pressure1,41,4times
timesthethe
max.
max.static
staticpressure
pressurewith
witha afullfullload.
load.
(Higher
(Higher
values,
values,
corresponding
corresponding
max
max
to to
1,71,7
times,
times,arearealso
alsoadmitted,
admitted,only
onlyif ifthis
this
possibility
possibility
hashas
been
been
taken
taken
into
into
account
account
during
during
thethe
project
project
phase).
phase).
TheThe
max
max
pressure
pressure
is reached
is reached
only
only
when
when
thethe
piston
piston
is isin inupper
upperend
endposition
positionor orwhen
whenthethemain
mainline
line
valve
valve
is closed.
is closed.
- -Close
Close
thetheshut-off
shut-off
valve
valve
of of
thethe
main
main
line
line
and
and
open
open
thethe
manometer
manometer
valve.
valve.
- -BeBe
sure
sure
that
that
screw
screw
n. n.
2 (low
2 (low
speed)
speed)
and
and
screw
screw
n. n.
7 (pressure
7 (pressure
activation)
activation)
areare
unscrewed
unscrewed
byby
4/54/5
turns.
turns.
- -Screw
Screw
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
1 and
1 and
discharge
discharge
thethe
possible
possible
pressure
pressurewith
withthetheredredmanual
manualemergency
emergency
button.
button.
- -Start
Startthethemotor
motorand
andconnect
connectthethecoilcoilof ofthethe
electro-valve
electro-valve EVS
EVS in in installations
installations where
where
required.
required.
- -Screw
Screwthethescrew
screwn. n.1 1until
untilthethemax
maxwanted
wanted
pressure
pressure
value
value
is is
reached
reached
and
and
stop
stop
thethe
motor.
motor.
- -Discharge
Discharge
again
again
pressure
pressure
with
with
thethe
hand
hand
button,
button,
activate
activate thethe motor
motor checking
checking that
that thethe
manometer
manometer
shows
shows
thethe
adjusted
adjusted
pressure,
pressure,
block
block
thethe
nutnut
and
and
stop
stop
thethe
motor.
motor.
In Incase
casethethegiven
givenpressure
pressureneeds
needsto tobebe
decreased,
decreased,discharge
dischargethethepressure
pressurewith
with
thethe
hand
hand
button,
button,
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
1 1
and
and
repeat
repeat
thethe
adjusting.
adjusting.
8.2.2
8.2.2 ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
OFOF
THE
THE
START
START
ININ
UPWARD
UPWARD
DIRECTION:
DIRECTION:
SCREW
SCREW
N. N.
7 7
TheThe
start
start
in in
upward
upward
direction
direction
is smooth
is smooth
and
and
jumpjumpfree
freewhen
whenthethepressure
pressurevalue
valuegoes
goesslowly
slowlyfrom
from

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.044
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.044
D840MGB.044
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

minimum
minimumto tomaximum.
maximum.Pressure
Pressureincreasing
increasingis is
regulated
regulatedwith
withthethescrew
screwn. n.7 7- -Pressure
Pressure
activation.
activation.
- -Close
Close
thethe
main
main
shut-off
shut-off
valve,
valve,
stop
stop
thethe
motor
motor
and
and
discharge
discharge
thethe
pressure
pressure
with
with
thethe
emergency
emergency
button.
button.
In In
case
case
pressure
pressure
needs
needs
to to
bebe
taken
taken
to to
zero,
zero,unscrew
unscrewthethescrew
screwn. n.3 3- -CounterCounterpressure.
pressure.
- -Screw
Screw
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
7 completely,
7 completely,
activate
activate
thethe
motor
motorand
andconnect
connectcoilcoilEVS,
EVS,if ifit itexists.
exists.AtAt
these
these
conditions,
conditions,
pressure
pressure
willwill
notnot
increase
increase
or or
willwill
increase
increase
later.
later.
- -With
With
motor
motor
and
and
EVS
EVS
connected,
connected,
unscrew
unscrew
step
step
bybystep
stepthethescrew
screwn. n.7 7until
untilthethemanometer
manometer
shows
showsthethepressure
pressureincreasing
increasingslowly
slowlyand
and
regularly
regularly
until
until
itsits
max
max
value.
value.
- -Check
Check
again
again
thethe
adjusting
adjusting
of of
thethe
max
max
pressure
pressure
and,
and,if ifnecessary,
necessary,take
takeit itback
backto tothethewanted
wanted
value.
value.
- -Check
Checkthethepressure
pressureactivation
activationand
andblock
blockthethe
nuts
nuts
of of
screws
screws
n. n.
1 and
1 and
7. 7.
8.2.3
8.2.3 REGULATION
REGULATION OFOF THE
THE LOW
LOW SPEED:
SPEED:
SCREW
SCREWN. N.
2 2
TheThelow
lowspeed
speedupward
upwardand
andthethelow
lowspeed
speed
downward
downward
areare
regulated
regulated
with
with
screw
screw
n. n.
2. 2.
- -Check
Check
that
that
thethe
main
main
shut-off
shut-off
valve
valve
is open.
is open.
- -Switch
Switchoffoffthethecoilcoilof ofthetheelectro-valve
electro-valveEVR,
EVR,
corresponding
correspondingto tothetheupward
upwardand
anddownward
downward
high
high
speed.
speed.
- -Activate
Activatethethemotor
motorand
andconnect
connectEVS,
EVS,if if
existing.
existing.During
Duringthetheupward
upwardtravel
travelat ata alow
low
speed,
speed,
regulate
regulate
screw
screw
n. n.
2, 2,
as as
wanted.
wanted.
- -Make
Makea adownward
downwardtravel
travelat atlow
lowspeed,
speed,
connecting
connectingthethecoilcoilof ofthetheelectro-valve
electro-valveEVS
EVS
only.
only.
Check
Checkthat,
that,at atthese
theseconditions,
conditions,nono
vibrations
vibrations
appear
appear
during
during
thethe
downward
downward

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
45 45

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

8.2.4
8.2.4 ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
OFOF
THE
THE
UPWARD
UPWARD
SPEED:
SPEED:
SCREW
SCREW
N. N.
6 6
TheThe
max
max
upward
upward
speed
speed
is determined
is determined
byby
thethe
pump
pump
capacity.
capacity.
TheThe
high
high
upward
upward
speed
speed
hashas
to to
bebe
a little
a little
lower
lower
than
than
thethe
max
max
speed
speed
allowed
allowed
byby
thethe
pump.
pump.
TheThe
screw
screw
n. n.
6 regulates
6 regulates
and
and
limits
limits
thethe
opening
opening
of of
thethe
flow
flow
regulator
regulator
so so
that
that
thethe
flow
flow
passage
passage
is the
is the
minimum
minimumone
oneneeded
neededbybythethepump
pumpand
anda small
a small
quantity
quantity
of of
oiloil
goes
goes
back
back
to to
thethe
tank
tank
through
through
thethe
return
return
pipe.
pipe.
- -Unscrew
Unscrewcompletely
completelyscrew
screwn. n.5 5so sothat
thatthethe
installation
installation
decelerates.
decelerates.
- -After
After
having
having
unscrewed
unscrewed
completely
completely
screw
screw
n. n.
6, 6,
screw
screw
it by
it by
4/54/5
turns
turns
to to
getget
as as
close
close
as as
possible
possible
to to
thethe
final
final
adjusting
adjusting
value.
value.
- -Make
Makeananupward
upwardtravel
travelat athigh
highspeed,
speed,
connecting
connectingelectrically
electricallymotor,
motor,electro-valve,
electro-valve,
EVR
EVR
and
and
EVS,
EVS,
if existing.
if existing.
TheTheright
rightregulation
regulationof ofscrew
screwn. n.6 6is is
obtained
obtained
when,
when,
screwing
screwing
screw
screw
n. n.
6, 6,
thethe
upward
upwardspeed
speedstarts
startsto todecrease,
decrease,while
while
unscrewing
unscrewing
it, it,
it increases.
it increases.
AsAs
thethe
correct
correct
regulation
regulationis isreached,
reached,thethehigh
highspeed
speed
decreases
decreasesand
anda asmall
smallquantity
quantityof ofoiloil
goes
goes
back
back
to to
thethe
tank
tank
with
with
a light
a light
noise
noise
increase
increase
due
due
to to
both
both
oiloil
and
and
motor.
motor.
When
Whenthethescrew
screwn. n.6 6is istootooopen,
open,thethe
upward
upward
speed
speed
does
does
notnot
increase
increase
and
and
thethe
regulations
regulationsoperations
operationsbecome
becomemore
more
difficult.
difficult.
8.2.5
8.2.5 ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
OFOF
THE
THE
MAX
MAX
DOWNWARD
DOWNWARD
SPEED
SPEED
- SCREW
- SCREW
N. N.
8 8
Before
Beforeany
anyoperation,
operation,bebesure
surethat
thatscrew
screwn. n.4 4- -

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

rupture
rupturevalve
valvetest
testduring
duringfree
freedown
downtravel
travel- is
- is
open
open
byby
2 or
2 or
3 turns.
3 turns.
- -Make
Makea adownward
downwardtravel,
travel,connecting
connectingelectrielectrically
cally
thethe
coils
coils
of of
thethe
electro-valve
electro-valve
EVD
EVD
and
and
EVR
EVR
at at
thethe
same
same
time.
time.
- -Regulate
Regulate
screw
screw
n. n.
8 until
8 until
thethe
downward
downward
speed
speed
and
andthetheupward
upwardspeed
speedarearethethesame.
same.Times
Times
needed
needed
forfor
thethe
travel
travel
from
from
thethe
highest
highest
floor
floor
to to
thethelowest
lowestone
oneand
andfrom
fromthethelowest
lowestto tothethe
highest
highest
one
one
have
have
to to
bebe
thethe
same.
same.
Screw
Screwthethescrew
screwn. n.8, 8,thethedownward
downward
speed
speed increases,
increases, unscrew
unscrew it, it, thethe
downward
downward
speed
speed
decreases.
decreases.
- -When
Whenthethemax
maxdownward
downwardspeed
speedhashasbeen
been
adjusted,
adjusted,
check
check
thethe
low
low
downward
downward
speed
speed
once
once
again.
again.
8.2.6
8.2.6 REGULATION
REGULATION
OFOF
THE
THE
DECELERATION
DECELERATION
FROM
FROM
HIGH
HIGH
TOTO
LOW
LOW
SPEED:
SPEED:
SCREW
SCREW
N. N.
5 5
Screw
Screw
n. n.
5 regulates
5 regulates
thethe
passage
passage
from
from
high
high
to to
low
low
speed
speed
both
both
during
during
upward
upward
and
and
downward
downward
travel.
travel.
Before
Beforeregulating
regulatingscrew
screwn. n.5, 5,it itis is
necessary
necessaryto toverify
verifythat
thatlow
lowspeed,
speed,
upward
upwardhigh
highspeed,
speed,downward
downwardhigh
high
speed
speed
and
and
distances
distances
at at
which
which
thethe
coilcoil
is is
disconnected
disconnectedbefore
beforereaching
reachingthethefloor
floor
(see
(seepoint
point4.6)
4.6)have
havealready
alreadybeen
been
regulated.
regulated.
- -Screw:
Screw:a along
longand
andsmooth
smoothdeceleration
decelerationis is
obtained.
obtained.
- -Unscrew:
Unscrew:deceleration
decelerationbecomes
becomesharsh
harshand
and
travel
travel
longer,
longer,
during
during
thethe
low
low
speed.
speed.
- -Brake
Brake
hashas
to to
allow
allow
thethe
carcar
running
running
along
along
thethe
lastlast8/10
8/10cmcmbefore
beforethethestop
stopat ata low
a lowspeed,
speed,
since
since
thethe
oiloil
temperature
temperature
is 25/35
is 25/35
C.C.
Avoid
Avoidclosing
closingscrew
screwn. n.5 5completely,
completely,
otherwise
otherwisethetheliftliftdoes
doesnotnotdecelerates
decelerates
and
and
passes
passes
over
over
thethe
floor.
floor.

ENGLISH

travel.
travel. If If necessary,
necessary, after
after having
having
regulated
regulatedthethemax
maxdownward
downwardspeed
speed
(point
(point8.2.5),
8.2.5),increase
increasethethelow
lowspeed,
speed,
unscrewing
unscrewing
screw
screw
n. n.
2 lightly
2 lightly
and
and
block
block
thethe
nutnut
in in
this
this
position.
position.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.045
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.045
D840MGB.045
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
46 46

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

8.2.7
8.2.7 ROD
ROD
COUNTER-PRESSURE
COUNTER-PRESSURE
AND
AND
ROPE
ROPE
ANTI-LOOSENING:
ANTI-LOOSENING:
SCREW
SCREW
N. N.
3 3
In Inindirect
indirectacting
actinginstallations,
installations,thetheactivation
activationof of
thethe
emergency
emergency
button
button
hashas
notnot
to to
cause
cause
thethe
rope
rope
loosening
loosening
when
when
thethe
carcar
is blocked.
is blocked.
ForFor
this
this
reason,
reason,
it itis isnecessary
necessarythat,
that,inside
insidethethecircuit,
circuit,there
thereis isa a
remaining
remaining pressure
pressurehigher
higherthan
thanthethepressure
pressure
generated
generatedbybythetheweight
weightof ofthetherod,
rod,thethepulley
pulley
and
and
thethe
ropes.
ropes.
This
This
pressure
pressure
is generated
is generated
byby
screw
screw
n. n.
3: 3:
screw,
screw,it increases;
it increases;
unscrew,
unscrew,
it decreases.
it decreases.

ENGLISH

TheThe
value
value
of of
thethe
counter-pressure
counter-pressure
which
which
opposes
opposes
thethe
rodrod
down
down
travel
travel
is about
is about
6/86/8
bar.
bar.
Adjust
Adjustthethecounter-pressure
counter-pressureas asfollows
follows(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
26):
26):
- -Close
Closethethemain
mainshut-off
shut-offvalve
valveand
anddischarge
discharge
pressure
pressure
with
with
thethe
hand
hand
button.
button.
TheThe
remaining
remaining
pressure
pressure
onon
thethe
manometer
manometer
corresponds
corresponds
to to
thethe
rope
rope
anti-loosening
anti-loosening
counter-pressure.
counter-pressure.
- -If If
thethe
pressure
pressure
value
value
needs
needs
to to
bebe
increased
increased
or or

Pagina/page
D840M3L.046
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.046
D840MGB.046
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

decreased,
decreased,screw
screwor orunscrew
unscrewthethescrew
screwn. n.3 3
accordingly.
accordingly.
If the
If the
input
input
pressure
pressure
needs
needs
to to
bebe
verified:
verified:
-Increase
Increasethethepressure
pressurein inthethecircuit
circuitwith
withthethe
hand
hand
pump;
pump;
-Discharge
Dischargethethepressure
pressurewith
withthethehand
handbutton
button
and
and
read
read
thethe
remaining
remaining
pressure;
pressure;
-If Ifnecessary,
necessary,repeat
repeatthetheprevious
previousoperations
operations
until
untilthethewanted
wantedcounter-pressure
counter-pressureis isreached.
reached.
Remember
Rememberthat,
that,to toactivate
activatecompletely
completely
thethe
hand
hand
button,
button,
itsits
plug
plug
hashas
to to
bebe
suit
suit
with
with
itsits
proper
proper
seat
seat
(see
(see
point
point
6.7).
6.7).

8.2.8
8.2.8 ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
OFOF
THE
THE
HAND
HAND
PUMP
PUMP
PRESSURE:
PRESSURE:
SCREW
SCREW
N. N.
9 9
TheThehand
handpump
pumphashasitsitsown
ownsafety
safetyvalve
valvewhich
which
hashasto tobebeadjusted
adjustedat at2,32,3times
timesthethemax
maxstastatictic
pressure.
pressure.
TheThe
adjusting
adjusting
is is
carried
carried
outout
through
through

Emergency
Emergency
button
button

Main
Main
shut-off
shut-off
valve
valve

Screw
Screw
n. 3n. 3

Draw.
Draw.
2626Adjusting
Adjusting
of of
thethe
rodrod
counterpressure
counterpressure

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Screw
Screw
n. 9n. 9

Draw.
Draw.
2727Adjusting
Adjusting
of of
thethe
hand
hand
pump
pump
pressure
pressure

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 47

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.047
Pagina/page D840MGB.047
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

screw n. 9: screw, the max pressure increases,


unscrew, it decreases (see drawing n. 27).
In case there are difficulties in activating the
hand pump, close the main shut-off valve,
unscrew the screw n. 3, discharge the pressure
with the hand button and quickly activate the
hand pump lever. If necessary, try to fill with oil
the plastic pipe which gets inside the tank.
- Act on screw n. 9 to adjust at the right
pressure and activate the hand pump lever.
The adjusting pressure of the hand pump is the
max one reached and shown on the
manometer.
- Discharge the pressure with the emergency
hand button.
8.2.9

ADJUSTING OF THE PRESSURE SWITCHES


(PRESSURE MIN. - MAX. - OVERLOAD)

In case a pre-determined pressure is reached


inside a pressure switch, an electrical contact,
which can be switching, opening or closing, is
activated. Pressure switches with different
insulating classes, different precision levels or
different hysteresis are also possible.
The following drawings show three types of
pressure switches and two types of contacts. The
regulation of the intervention pressure is
obtained through single- slot screw which lays in
the centre of the pressure switch (see drawing
n. 28 on page D840M3L.048):
D840MGB.048).
Turn clockwise, the intervention pressure
increases, turn anti-clockwise, it decreases.
The pressure switch is assembled on the NL valve
block and lays directly on the pressure line which
gets to the cylinder, before the piloted rupture
valve VBP (see also Hydraulic diagram SF 1855
Valve NL - table n. 29). Consequently it is always
under pressure.

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

ENGLISH

D840MGB

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
48 48

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.048
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.048
D840MGB.048
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Adjust
Adjust
thethe
pressure
pressure
switch
switch
as as
follows:
follows:
- -Close
Close
thethe
main
main
shut-off
shut-off
valve
valve
- -Discharge
Discharge
thethe
pressure
pressure
with
with
thethe
hand
hand
button
button
- -Take
Take
thethe
pressure
pressure
to to
thethe
wanted
wanted
value
value
using
using
thethe
hand
hand
pump
pump
- -Connect
Connecta atester
testerto tothethepressure
pressureswitch
switch
contacts
contacts
- -ActAct
onon
thethe
regulation
regulation
screw
screw
of of
thethe
pressure
pressure
switch,
switch,
until
until
a contact
a contact
exchange
exchange
is is
obtained.
obtained.

Regulation
Regulation
screw
screw

ENGLISH
Switching
Switching

Regulation
Regulation
screw
screw

Closing
Closing
(normally
(normally
open)
open)

Tab.
Tab.2828Pressure
Pressure
switch
switch
andand
electrical
electrical
diagram
diagram

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
49 49

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

- -The
Thedrawing
drawingofofthetherupture
rupturevalve,
valve,with
withTV
TV
approval
approvalis isshown
shownin indrawing
drawing950.300.012,
950.300.012,
table
table
n. n.
3030
onon
page
page
D840MGB.050.
D840MGB.050.
D840M3L.050.

ENGLISH

8.2.10
8.2.10DIAGRAMS:
DIAGRAMS:
VALVE
VALVE
NL,NL,
VPVP
RUPTURE
RUPTURE
VALVE
VALVE
- -The
Thehydraulic
hydraulicdiagram
diagramSFSF1855
1855ofofthethevalve
valve
type
type
NLNL
is is
shown
shown
onon
thethe
following
following
table
table
n. n.
29.29.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.049
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.049
D840MGB.049
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Tab.
Tab.2929Hydraulic
Hydraulic
scheme
scheme
SFSF
1855
1855
valve
valve
type
type
NL
NL
LEGENDA
LEGENDA
VRVR = =
VMVM = =
VSVS = =
VRF
VRF = =
VRA
VRA = =
VBP
VBP = =
EVD
EVD = =
EVR
EVR = =
EVS
EVS = =

Non-return
Non-return
valve
valve
Max
Max
pressure
pressure
valve
valve
Safety
Safety
valve
valve
Flow-regulation
Flow-regulation
valve
valve
Down
Down
travel
travel
balancing
balancing
valve
valve
Pilot
Pilot
block
block
valve
valve
Down
Down
travel
travel
electrovalve
electrovalve
Flow-regulator
Flow-regulator
electrovalve
electrovalve
UpUp
travel
travel
electrovalve
electrovalve

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

VEM
VEM
VPVP
FRFR
RR

==
==
==
==

MM = =
PMPM = =
PRPR = =

Emergency
Emergency
Rupture
Rupture
valve
valve
Shut-off
Shut-off
valve
valve
Shut-off
Shut-off
valve
valve
and
and
attack
attackfifi
Gas
Gas
forfor
thethe
control
control
manometer
manometer
Manometer
Manometer
Hand
Hand
pump
pump
Inlet
Inlet
forfor
thethe
pressure
pressure
switch
switch

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 50

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.050
Pagina/page D840MGB.050
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department

ENGLISH

Tab. 30 Drawing of the rupture valve with TV approval

Technical Department

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
51 51

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
9. 9. OPTIONALS
OPTIONALS
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES

Pagina/page
D840M3L.051
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.051
D840MGB.051
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

9.19.1VALVE
VALVE
HEATING
HEATING
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE

9.29.2OILOIL
HEATING
HEATING
RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE

- -TheThe
small
small
resistance
resistance
to to
heat
heat
thethe
valve
valve
block
block
is is
60-WATT
60-WATT
powerful.
powerful.
ItsIts
feeding
feeding
tension
tension
cancan
bebe
220/230
220/230
V -V50
- 50
HzHz
or or
380/400
380/400
V -V50
- 50
Hz.Hz.

- -TheTheresistance
resistanceto tobebeinstalled
installedin inthethetank
tankto to
heat
heat
thethe
oiloil
is is
500-WATT
500-WATT
powerful.
powerful.
ItsIts
feeding
feeding
tension
tension
cancan
bebe220/230V
220/230V
- 50
- 50
HzHz
or or
380/400
380/400
V V
- 50
- 50
Hz.Hz.
TheTheoiloilheating
heatingresistance
resistanceis issupplied
supplied
with
with a a thermostat
thermostat which
which cancan bebe
regulated
regulated
from
from
0 to
0 to
40C.
40C.
This
Thisthermostat
thermostathashasto tobeberegulated
regulated
between
between
1818
and
and
30C,
30C,
according
according
to to
thethe
specific
specificcases.
cases.Results
Resultsarearebetter
betterwhen
when
thethe
carcar
is taken
is taken
back
back
to to
thethe
ground
ground
floor
floor
after
afterthethefirst
first8/15
8/15minutes,
minutes,during
during
which
which
thethe
installation
installation
is still.
is still.

ENGLISH

TheThevalve
valveheating
heatingresistance
resistancedoes
doesnotnot
have
havea thermostat
a thermostatand
andconsequently
consequentlyis is
always
always
active.
active.
During
Duringsummer
summertime,
time,it itis isproper
properto to
switch
switch
it off.
it off.
Drawing
Drawing
n. n.
3131
shows
shows
where
where
thethe
resistance
resistance
hashas
to to
bebe
inserted
inserted
onon
thethe
valve
valve
and
and
how.
how.

Draw.
Draw.
3131Installation
Installation
of of
thethe
valve
valve
heating
heating
resistance
resistance

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
52 52

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.052
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.052
D840MGB.052
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Drawing
Drawingn. n.3232shows
showsthetheinstallation
installationofofthetheoiloil
heating
heating
resistance
resistance
in in
thethe
tank.
tank.

Adjustable
Adjustable
thermostat
thermostat
0 0 40
40
C C
/ 10
/ 10
A A

ENGLISH

Resistence
Resistence
500500
WW

Draw.
Draw.
3232Installation
Installation
ofof
thethe
oiloil
heating
heating
resistance
resistance

9.39.3 OILOIL
COOLING
COOLING
9.3.1
9.3.1
GENERAL
GENERAL
INFORMATION
INFORMATION
OilOilneeds
needstotobebecooled
cooledin ininstallations
installationswith
withhigh
high
traffic.
traffic.According
Accordingtotothethedifferent
differentsituations,
situations,it itis is
suggested
suggestedtotouseuseananoiloilcooling
coolingsystem
systemin in
installations
installationswith
withmore
morethan
than5050- 70
- 70travels
travelsperper
hour.
hour.The
Theoiloilcooling
coolingsystem
systemcan
canbebewith
withairairoror
with
withwater
waterand
andis isavailable
availablein intwo
twosizes:
sizes:10,5
10,5oror
2121
kW.
kW.
The
The
main
main
parts
parts
ofof
anan
oiloil
cooling
cooling
system
system
are:
are:

- -anan
electro-pump
electro-pump
forfor
thethe
forced
forced
oiloil
running
running
- -anan
heat
heat
exchanger
exchanger
(oil-air
(oil-air
- oil/water)
- oil/water)
- -a thermostat
a thermostat
toto
control
control
thethe
temperature
temperature
The
Thefollowing
followingtable
tablesuggests
suggestshow
howa acooling
cooling
system
system
hashas
toto
bebe
chosen.
chosen.
PUMP
PUMP
UNIT
UNIT
MOTOR
MOTOR
UpUp
to to
25/30
25/30
HPHP
= 18,4/22
= 18,4/22
kWkW

TYPES
TYPES
OFOF
COOLING
COOLING
SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS
10,5
10,5
kWkW
= 9000
= 9000
kcal/h
kcal/h

More
More
than
than
25/30
25/30
HPHP
= 18,4/22
= 18,4/22
kWkW 21 21
kWkW= 18000
= 18000
kcal/h
kcal/h

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
53 53

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.053
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.053
D840MGB.053
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

TheThe
thermal
thermal
exchange
exchange
values,
values,
in in
kWkW
or or
kcal/h
kcal/h
forfor
thethetwo
twotypes,
types,refer
referto to30C
30Ctemperature
temperature
difference
differencebetween
betweenoiloiland
andairairor oroiloiland
andwater
water
(i.e.:
(i.e.:
oiloil
50C
50C
- air
- air
or or
water
water
20C).
20C).
Obviously,
Obviously,
if if
thethe
temperature
temperature
difference
difference
between
between
oiloil
and
and
airair
or or
oiloil
and
and
water
water
is is
lower
lower
than
than
30C,
30C,
thethe
thermal
thermal
exchange
exchange
willwill
bebe
lower
lower
too.
too.

9.3.2
9.3.2
COOLING
COOLING
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
WITH
WITH
AIRAIR

Adjustable
Adjustable
thermostat
thermostat
0 090C
90C

Adjustable
Adjustable
thermostat
thermostat
0 090C
90C

Bottom
Bottom
valve
valve
1 1
GAS
GAS

Bottom
Bottom
valve
valve
1 1
GAS
GAS

Cooling
Cooling
system
system
10,5
10,5
kWkW

Cooling
Cooling
system
system
21 21
kWkW

Draw.
Draw.
3333Connection
Connection
diagram
diagram
of of
thethe
oiloil
cooling
cooling
system
system
with
with
airair
10,5
10,5
kW;
kW;
9000
9000
kcal/h
kcal/hif if t =t 30C
= 30C

Draw.
Draw.
3434Connection
Connection
diagram
diagram
of of
thethe
oiloil
cooling
cooling
system
system
with
with
airair2121
kW;
kW;
18000
18000
kcal/h
kcal/hif if t =t 30C
= 30C

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

Drawings
Drawingsn. n.3333and
and3434show
showthetheconnection
connection
diagrams
diagrams
between
between
pump
pump
unit
unit
and
and
heat
heat
exchanger.
exchanger.
Drawing
Drawing
n. n.
3535
onon
page
page
D840MGB.054
D840MGB.054
shows
shows
thethe
D840M3L.054
electrical
electrical
connection
connection
diagram.
diagram.

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
54 54

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.054
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.054
D840MGB.054
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

ENGLISH
Pump
Pump

Motor
Motor

Line
Line

Vent
Vent

OilOil
thermostat
thermostat
in in
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit

Draw.
Draw.
3535Electrical
Electrical
connection
connection
diagram
diagram
ofof
thethe
oiloil
cooling
cooling
system
system
with
with
airair
The
The
airair
heat
heat
exchanger
exchanger
hashas
not
not
toto
bebe
put
put
near
near
thethe
oiloil
tank.
tank.

been
beenlocated,
located,hashastotobebeconstantly
constantly
ventilated.
ventilated.

The
The
airair
heat
heat
exchanger
exchanger
hashas
toto
suck
suck
fresh
fresh
airairand
andhashastotobebeput
putpreferably
preferablynear
neara a
window
windowororananairairpassage
passageconnected
connectedtoto
thethe
outside.
outside.
The
The
room
room
where
where
thethe
heat
heat
exchanger
exchanger
hashas

The
The
heat
heat
exchanger
exchanger
hashas
toto
bebe
positioned
positioned
preferably
preferablyononthethesame
samefloor
floorasasthethe
pump
pump
unit,
unit,
about
about
3m
3m
farfar
from
from
thethe
tank.
tank.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
55 55

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

- -Noise
Noise
74/76
74/76
dBA
dBA
about.
about.
- -ForForfurther
furtherinformation
informationseeseethethetechnical
technical
catalogue
catalogue oror thethe specific
specific operating
operating
instructions.
instructions.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.055
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.055
D840MGB.055
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

connected
connecteddirectly
directlytotothethetank
tankwhen
whenthethepump
pump
unit
unit
is is
being
being
built
built
(see
(see
drawings
drawings
n. n.
3636
and
and
37).
37).
Drawing
Drawingn. n.3838ononpage
page
D840MGB.056
D840MGB.056shows
showsthethe
D840M3L.056
electrical
electrical
connection
connection
diagram.
diagram.

9.3.3
9.3.3
COOLING
COOLING
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
WITH
WITH
WATER
WATER
The
Thecooling
coolingsystems
systemswith
withwater
waterarearegenerally
generally

Water
Water
electrovalve
electrovalve

0,50,5
m m/h /h
(water)
(water)
fi fiGasGas

Heat
Heat
exchanger
exchanger

Water
Water
electrovalve
electrovalve

1 m1 m/h /h
(water)
(water)
fl fl
GasGas

Outlet
Outletfi GAS
fi GAS

Outlet
Outlet1 GAS
1 GAS

Electropump
Electropump

Electropump
Electropump

Thermostat
Thermostat

Thermostat
Thermostat

Draw.
Draw.
3636OilOil
cooling
cooling
system
system
with
with
water
water
10,5
10,5
kWkW
9000
9000
kcal/h
kcal/hif if t =t 30C
= 30C

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Draw.
Draw.
3737OilOil
cooling
cooling
system
system
with
with
water
water
2121
kWkW
18000
18000
kcal/h
kcal/hif if t =t 30C
= 30C

ENGLISH

Heat
Heat
exchanger
exchanger

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
56 56

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.056
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.056
D840MGB.056
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

ENGLISH
Pump
Pump

Motor
Motor

Line
Line
OilOil
thermostat
thermostat
in in
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
Water
Water
electrovalve
electrovalve

Draw.
Draw.3838Electrical
Electrical
connection
connection
diagram
diagram
ofof
thethe
oiloil
cooling
cooling
system
system
with
with
water
water
If If
thethe
cooling
cooling
system
system
with
with
water
water
is is
supplied
supplied
alone
alone
- without
- withoutpump
pumpunit
unit- the
- thecustomer
customerwill
willhave
havetoto
connect
connect
it it
toto
thethe
pump
pump
unit.
unit.

The
Thewater
waterconnections
connectionshave
havetotorespect
respectthethe
measures
measures
shown
shown
byby
drawings
drawings
3636
and
and
3737
(on(on
page
page
D840MGB.055)
D840MGB.055)
oror
thethe
installation
installation
real
real
ones.
ones.
D840M3L.055),

The
Theholes
holesforforthetheoiloilsuction
suctionhave
havetotobebe
asasfarfarasaspossible
possiblefrom
fromthetheholes
holesforfor
fresh
freshoiloilreturn
returntotothethetank.
tank.While
Whilethethe
hole
holeforforthethethermostat
thermostathashastotobebeclose
close
toto
thethe
hot
hot
oiloil
suction.
suction.

- -Noise
Noise
will
will
bebelower
lower
than
than
6060
dBA.
dBA.
- -ForForfurther
furtherinformation
informationseeseethethetechnical
technical
catalogue
catalogue oror thethe specific
specific operating
operating
instructions.
instructions.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
57 57

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

9.49.4MICRO-LEVELLING
MICRO-LEVELLING
UPWARD
UPWARD
WITH
WITH
SUBSIDIARY
SUBSIDIARY
MOTOR
MOTOR
TheThemicro-levelling
micro-levelling device
deviceis isused
usedin inbigbig
installations
installationsto totake
takeback
backthethecarcarto tothethefloor
floor
without
withoutactivating
activatingthethemain
mainmotor
motorwhich,
which,
because
because
of of
itsits
bigbig
power,
power,
would
would
take
take
longer
longer
and
and
huge
huge
power
power
absorption.
absorption.
TheThemicro-levelling
micro-levellingdevice
deviceis ismade
madeupupbybya a
subsidiary
subsidiary
motor-pump
motor-pump
group
group
and
and
a safety
a safety
valve
valve
assembled
assembled
outside
outside
thethe
tank
tank
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
39).
39).

Pagina/page
D840M3L.057
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.057
D840MGB.057
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Give
Givepower
powerto tothethesubsidiary
subsidiarymotor
motorto to
make
make
it it
work.
work.
TheThe
control
control
of of
thethe
micromicrolevelling
levelling
device
device
hashas
to to
bebe
made
made
through
through
a contact
a contact
in in
thethe
shaft.
shaft.
This
This
contact
contact
hashas
to to
bebe
located
located
some
some
cmcm
under
under
thethe
floor
floor
level
leveland
andactivated
activatedbybythethecarcarwhen
whenit it
lowers
lowers
because
because
of of
anan
heavy
heavy
and
and
sudden
sudden
load.
load.
TheThe hydraulic
hydraulic diagram
diagram of of thethe installation,
installation,
including
includingthetheNLNLvalve
valveand
andthethemicro-levelling
micro-levelling

Non-return
Non-return
valve
valve

Electrical
Electrical
three-phase
three-phase
motor
motor

Gear
Gear
pump
pump

Suction
Suction
filter
filter

Draw.
Draw.3939Microlevelling
Microlevelling
with
with
subsidiary
subsidiary
motor-pump
motor-pump
group
group

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

Safety
Safety
valve
valve

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
58 58

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

device
device
is is
shown
shown
in in
drawing
drawing
n. n.
40.40.
- -Drawing
Drawingn. n.4141ononpage
pageD840M3L.059
D840MGB.059
D840MGB.059shows
shows
thethe
diagram
diagram
ofof
thethe
carcar
speed.
speed.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.058
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.058
D840MGB.058
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

- -ForForfurther
furtherinformation
informationseeseethethetechnical
technical
catalogue
catalogue oror thethe specific
specific operating
operating
instructions.
instructions.

ENGLISH
Draw.
Draw.
4040Hydraulic
Hydraulic
diagram
diagram
with
with
microlevelling
microlevelling
device
device
and
and
NL
NL
valve
valve
LEGENDA
LEGENDA
VRVR = =
VMVM = =
VSVS = =
VRF
VRF = =
VRA
VRA = =
VBP
VBP = =
EVD
EVD = =
EVR
EVR = =
EVS
EVS = =

Non-return
Non-return
valve
valve
Max
Max
pressure
pressure
valve
valve
Safety
Safety
valve
valve
Flow-regulation
Flow-regulation
valve
valve
Down
Down
travel
travel
balancing
balancing
valve
valve
Pilot
Pilot
block
block
valve
valve
Down
Down
travel
travel
electrovalve
electrovalve
Flow-regulator
Flow-regulator
electrovalve
electrovalve
UpUp
travel
travel
electrovalve
electrovalve

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

VEM
VEM
VPVP
FRFR
RR

==
==
==
==

MM
PMPM
PRPR
MLML

==
==
==
==

Emergency
Emergency
Rupture
Rupture
valve
valve
Shut-off
Shut-off
valve
valve
Shut-off
Shut-off
valve
valve
and
and
attack
attackfi Gas
fi Gas
forfor
thethe
control
control
manometer
manometer
Manometer
Manometer
Hand
Hand
pump
pump
Inlet
Inlet
forfor
thethe
pressure
pressure
switch
switch
Microlevelling
Microlevelling
with
with
subsidiary
subsidiary
motor-pump
motor-pump
group
group

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 59

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.059
Pagina/page D840MGB.059
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department

Subsidiary
motor

Technical Department

Levelling
speed

- UPWARD TRAVEL:
Subsidiary motor-pump
group connected
- STOP DURING UPWARD TRAVEL:
Stop subsidiary motor

ENGLISH

D840MGB

ON Electrical power activated


OFF Electrical power disactivated

Draw. 41 Car speed diagram

9.5 MANOMETER WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT


In the manometer with the electrical contact, the
needle showing the pressure opens or closes
directly an electrical contact on the needle way.
The adjusting of the pressure, the electrical
contact has to intervene at, can be read on the
manometer.
Manometers with one or two contacts
are possible (i.e. n. 1 closing contact + n. 1
opening contact - see drawing n. 42 on page
D840MGB.060).
D840M3L.060).

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

Max power 15/20 VA about.

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 60

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.060
Pagina/page D840MGB.060
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

Min pressure contact (green)


Max pressure contact (red)
Regulation knob

Black

Yellow/Green

Blue

Brown

ENGLISH
Draw. 42 Manometer with electrical contact/s

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
61 61

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
10.10.MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
OFOF
THE
THE
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION

Generally,
Generally,thethehydraulic
hydrauliccomponents
componentsarearenotnot
subject
subject
to to
a frequent
a frequent
wear,
wear,
they
they
areare
safe
safe
and
and
need
need
few
fewmaintenance
maintenanceoperations.
operations.These
Theseresults
resultsareare
reached
reachedwhen
whenthethecomponents
componentsarearechosen
chosenand
and
dimensioned
dimensionedcorrectly
correctlyononthethebasis
basisof ofthethe
installation
installation characteristics.
characteristics. Moreover
Moreover thethe
hydraulic
hydraulicoiloilhashasto tosuit
suitwith
withthetheroom
room
temperature
temperature and
and thethe installation
installation traffic
traffic
conditions.
conditions.
It It is is however
however necessary
necessary to to make,
make,
according
accordingto tothetheestablished
establishedtimes,
times,thethe
test
test and
and maintenance
maintenance operations
operations
reported
reported
in in
thethe
periodical
periodical
recommended
recommended
maintenance
maintenancesheet
sheetand
andgetgetridridof ofthethe
detected
detected
faults
faults
immediately.
immediately.
In In
case
case
irregularities
irregularities
or or
faults,
faults,
which
which
cancan
jeopardise
jeopardisethethesafety
safetyof ofpeople
peopleand
and
installations,
installations, areare met
met onon thethe
components,
components,thetheinstallation
installationhashasto tobebe
putputoutoutof ofservice
serviceuntil
untilthethedefective
defective
parts
parts
areare
repaired
repaired
or or
replaced.
replaced.
10.2
10.2OILOIL
LOSSES
LOSSES
AND
AND
CAR
CAR
LOWERING
LOWERING
OilOillosses
lossesin inthethehydraulic
hydrauliccircuit
circuitcause
causethethecarcar
lowering
loweringwith
withrespect
respectto tothethefloor
floorlevel
leveleven
even
when
whencontrols,
controls,which
whichmake
makethetheelectrical
electricalantianticreep
creep
system
system
intervene,
intervene,areare
absent.
absent.
Please
Pleaseremember
rememberthat
thatthethecarcarlowering
lowering
cancanalso
alsobebecaused
causedbybythetheoiloilcooling.
cooling.
This
Thisphenomenon
phenomenonis isevident
evidentwhen
whenthethe
installation
installation
stops,
stops,
oiloil
is very
is very
hothot
and
and
thethe
room
roomtemperature
temperatureis ismuch
muchlower
lowerthan
than
thethe
oiloil
one.
one.
AtAtthese
theseconditions
conditionsthetheelectrical
electricalantianticreep
creep
system
system
hashas
nono
to to
bebe
deactivated,
deactivated,

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

since
sincethethecarcarlowering
loweringcould
couldbebevery
very
important.
important.
- -OilOil
losses
losses
in in
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
circuit
circuit
cancan
bebe
due
due
to to
thethe
following
following
causes.
causes.
10.2.1
10.2.1LOSSES
LOSSES
ALONG
ALONG
THE
THE
PIPES
PIPES
Losses
Lossesareareusually
usuallylocalised
localisedin inthethejoints
jointsof ofthethe
rigid
rigid
pipes
pipes
or or
along
along
thethe
flexible
flexible
hoses.
hoses.
These
These
losses
losses
cancan
bebe
visually
visually
detected.
detected.
They
They
cancan
bebe
eliminated
eliminated
tightening
tighteningthethefitting
fittingnuts,
nuts,joining
joiningthethepipes
pipes
correctly
correctly
or or
replacing
replacing
thethe
flexible
flexible
hoses.
hoses.
10.2.2
10.2.2CYLINDER
CYLINDER
LOSSES
LOSSES
BigBig
cylinder
cylinder
losses
losses
areare
due
due
to to
wear
wear
or or
to to
damaged
damaged
seals,
seals,which
whicharearelocated
locatedin inthethehead
headof ofthethe
cylinder
cylinderitself.
itself.TheTheoiloilcoming
comingoutoutfrom
fromthethe
cylinder
cylinderis iscollected
collectedin ina aproper
properroom
roomand,
and,
through
througha aPVC
PVCpipe,
pipe,conveyed
conveyedto toa atransparent
transparent
tank.
tank.It Itis isnecessary
necessarythat
thatthetheroom
roominside
insidethethe
cylinder
cylinderhead
headand
andthethehole
holeleading
leadingto tothethePVC
PVC
pipe
pipe
areare
notnot
obstructed
obstructed
byby
dirt.
dirt.
TheThe
cylinder
cylinder
losses
losses
depend
depend
onon
thethe
traffic
traffic
intensity
intensity
and
and
seal
seal
wear.
wear.
When
When
losses
losses
areare
more
more
than
than
one
one
or or
two
two
litres
litres
perper
month,
month,
it is
it better
is better
to to
replace
replace
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
seals.
seals.
- -In Inunderground
undergrounddirect
directacting
actingcylinders,
cylinders,oiloil
losses
lossescancanbebedue
dueto tochemical
chemicalor orelectrical
electrical
corrosion
corrosionof ofthethecylinder.
cylinder.This
Thisphenomenon
phenomenon
provokes
provokes
thethe
continuous
continuous
decreasing
decreasing
of of
thethe
oiloil
level
level
in in
thethe
tank.
tank.
Underground
Undergroundcylinder
cylinderhave
haveto tobebeputput
inside
insidea aprotection
protectionwrapping
wrappingto toavoid
avoid
ground
ground
and
and
groundwater
groundwaterpollution.
pollution.
In Incase
caseoiloilsoaks
soaksinto
intothetheground,
ground,thethe
underground
underground cylinder
cylinder hashas to to bebe
disassembled
disassembled
and
and
replaced.
replaced.

ENGLISH

10.1
10.1GENERAL
GENERAL
INFORMATION
INFORMATION

Pagina/page
D840M3L.061
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.061
D840MGB.061
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
62 62

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

STOP PHASE
STOP PHASE

1 Max pressure
1 Max pressure

VM

VM
VR

VR

RUPTURE VALVE
RUPTURE VALVE

Rod counterpressure
Rod
Ropecounterpressure
anti-loosening
Rope anti-loosening

3
3

EVD

EVD
EVS

MOT
EVR

EVR

UPWARD
UPWARD

S
R

VBP

VBP

Rupture
Rupture
valve
test
valve
4 test
4

EVS
MOT

EVS

2
2
7
7

VRF

VRF

EVR

EVR

6 Upward speed limiter


6 Upward speed limiter
8 Downward high speed
8 Downward high speed

9 9

T
EVR

EVR

DOWNWARD
DOWNWARD
EVD

EVD

ENGLISH

Hand
Hand
pump
pump
pressure
pressure

5 Deceleration
5 Deceleration

Low speed
Low speed
Activation pressure
Activation
pressure
upward
start
upward start

When
When
thethe
installation
installation
is is
motionless
motionless
at at
floor
floor
and
and
thetheelectro-valves
electro-valvesarearedisconnected,
disconnected,thetheload
load

EVS

pressure
pressure
involves
involves
thethe
part
part
of of
thethe
valve
valve
shown
shown
in in
drawing
drawing
n. n.
4343
with
with
crossed
crossed
lines.
lines.

10.2.3
10.2.3LOSSES
LOSSES
INSIDE
INSIDE
THE
THE
VALVE
VALVE
GROUP
GROUP

Pagina/page
D840M3L.062
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.062
D840MGB.062
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Draw.
Draw.
4343
Part
Part
of of
thethe
valve
valve
remaining
remaining
under
under
pressure
pressure
when
when
thethe
installation
installation
is still
is still

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
63 63

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

from
from
thethe
electro-valve
electro-valve
EVD
EVD
which
which
hashas
thethe
same
same
discharge
discharge
point.
point.
TheThe
following
following
checks,
checks,
including
including
thethe
ones
ones
explained
explained
at at
point
point
c),c),
have
have
to to
bebe
carried
carried
outout
with
with
pressure
pressure
inside
inside
thethe
valve.
valve.
Consequently,
Consequently,
operate
operate
very
very
carefully.
carefully.
Check
Check
thethe
emergency
emergency
valve
valve
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
44)44)
sealing,
sealing,
byby
unscrewing
unscrewing
completely
completely
thethe
emergency
emergency
group
group
starting
starting
from
from
thethe
hexagon.
hexagon.
DryDry
well
well
thethe
oiloil
remained
remained
inside
inside
thethe
hole
hole
and
and
check
check
that
that
nono
further
further
oiloil
comes
comes
outout
from
from
thethe
ball.
ball.

ENGLISH

TheThe
valve
valve
sealing
sealing
is proved
is proved
as as
follows:
follows:
- -When
When
thethe
valve
valve
temperature
temperature
is the
is the
same
same
as as
thethe
room
room
temperature,
temperature,
close
close
thethe
main
main
line
line
shut-off
shut-off
valve
valve
and
and
increase
increase
thethe
pressure,
pressure,
using
using
thethe
hand
hand
pump,
pump,
until
until
twice
twice
thethe
static
static
pressure;
pressure;
- -If Ifthere
therearearenonolosses
lossesin inthethevalve,
valve,pressure
pressure
keeps
keepsconstant
constantor ordecreases
decreasesslowly,
slowly,notnotmore
more
than
than
5/65/6
barbar
during
during
thethe
first
first
3/43/4
minutes
minutes
and
and
tends
tends
to to
settle;
settle;
- -If Ifthere
therearearelosses
lossesin inthethevalve,
valve,pressure
pressure
decreases
decreases
rapidly,
rapidly,
more
more
than
than
5/65/6
barbar
during
during
thethe
first
first
3/43/4
minutes
minutes
and
and
goes
goes
onon
decreasing
decreasing
upup
to to
thethe
static
static
pressure
pressure
value;
value;
- -TheThevalve
valvecomponents
componentswhich
whichcancanbebeinvolved
involved
in in
possible
possible
losses
losses
areare
thethe
following.
following.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.063
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.063
D840MGB.063
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

a) a)
Hand
Hand
pump
pump
TheThehand
handpump
pumpsealing
sealingis isassured
assuredbybya aball.
ball.
Activate
Activatethethehand
handpump,
pump,leave
leavethethelever
lever
against
against
thethe
valve
valve
and
and
wait
wait
forfor
some
some
minutes
minutes
to to
check
checkthethesealing.
sealing.In Incase
caseof oflosses,
losses,thethelever
lever
goes
goes
back
back
automatically.
automatically.
Repeat
Repeat
thethe
test
test
forfor
some
some
times
times
to to
bebe
sure
sure
that
that
thethe
loss
loss
is is
notnot
caused
caused
byby
dirtdirt
particles
particles
laying
laying
between
between
seat
seat
and
and
ball.
ball.
If necessary,
If necessary,
replace
replace
thethe
hand
hand
pump.
pump.
Screw
Screw
n n
3 3

b) b)
Hand
Hand
emergency
emergency
valve
valve
VEM
VEM
TheThe
sealing
sealing
of of
thethe
hand
hand
pump
pump
is is
also
also
assured
assured
byby
a ball
a ball
whose
whose
working
working
cancan
bebe
jeopardised
jeopardised
byby
dirtdirt
laying
laying
between
between
seat
seat
and
and
ball.
ball.
Carry
Carry
outout
a a
first
first
check
check
byby
removing
removing
thethe
moving
moving
half-cover
half-cover
of ofthethetank
tankand
andlook
lookunder
underthethevalve.
valve.Every
Every
time
time
thethe
emergency
emergency
button
button
is is
activated,
activated,
anan
oiloil
outflow
outflow
willwill
bebe
noted.
noted.
This
Thisoutflow
outflowhashasto tostop
stopwhen
whenthethebutton
buttonis is
left.
left.
In In
case
case
this
this
does
does
notnot
happen,
happen,
there
there
cancan
bebe
losses
lossesfrom
fromthetheemergency
emergencyvalves
valvesor orlosses
losses

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Draw.
Draw.
4444
Check
Check
of of
emergency
emergency
valve
valve
working
working

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
64 64

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

If Ifoiloillosses
lossesarearedetected
detectedthrough
throughthethe
ball,
ball,thethewhole
wholedown
downtravel
travelblock
blockneeds
needs
totobebereplaced
replacedororrepaired
repaired- -seeseethethe
following
following
c) c)
point.
point.
c) c)Down
Down
travel
travel
electro-valve
electro-valve
EVD
EVD
The
Thesealing
sealingball
ballofofthethedown
downtravel
travelvalve
valve(see
(see
drawing
drawingn. n.45)45)can
canremain
remainlightly
lightlyopen
openand
and
loose
loose
oiloil
forfor
different
different
reasons:
reasons:

- -Small
Small
metal
metal
particles
particles
oror
dirt
dirt
laylay
inside
inside
thethe
coil,
coil,
between
between quill
quill and
and cursor,
cursor, delaying
delaying oror
preventing
preventingthethereturn
returnmovement
movementofofthethecoil
coil
cursor.
cursor.
Remove
Removethethecoil,
coil,unscrew
unscrewthethemechanical
mechanicalpart
part
ofof
EVD,
EVD,
shake
shake
it it
with
with
thethe
hand
hand
toto
bebe
sure
sure
that
that
thethepiston
pistonis isrunning
runningfree
freeinside.
inside.Otherwise,
Otherwise,
replace
replace
it. it.

ENGLISH
Draw.
Draw.
4545Downward
Downward
electrovalve
electrovalve
EVD
EVD

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.064
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.064
D840MGB.064
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
65 65

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

- -Some
Somemetal
metalparticles
particleslaylaybetween
betweenball
balland
and
sealing
sealing seat,
seat, preventing
preventing thethe closing
closing or or
damaging
damaging
thethe
sealing
sealing
seat.
seat.
Check
Check thethe electro-valve
electro-valve EVD
EVD sealing
sealing byby
unscrewing
unscrewing
thethe
mechanical
mechanical
part
part
of of
thethe
coilcoil
and
and
removing
removing
thethe
needle
needle
and
and
thethe
brass
brass
seat.
seat.
Finally,
Finally,after
afterhaving
havingdried
driedthetheoiloilinside
insidethethe
hole,
hole,
check
check
that
that
nono
further
further
oiloil
comes
comes
outout
from
from
thethe
ball.
ball.
Each
Eachoperation
operationpreviously
previouslydescribed
describedneeds
needsto to
have
havea perfect
a perfectclosing
closingof ofthetheball.
ball.Otherwise,
Otherwise,
oiloillosses
lossesoccur
occurunder
undervalve
valvewhere
wherehand
hand
emergency
emergency
losses
losses
meet.
meet.
In In
case
case
oiloil
losses
losses
occur
occur
through
through
EVD
EVD
ball,
ball,
replace
replace
thethe
whole
whole
down
down
travel
travel
block
block
or or
repair
repair
thethe
sealing
sealing
seat.
seat.
TheThe
following
following
procedure
procedure
is is
valid
valid
also
also
in in
case
casethethehand
handemergency
emergencysealing
sealingseat
seat
needs
needs
to to
bebe
repaired.
repaired.
- see
- see
point
point
b).b).

Close
Closethethemain
mainline
lineshut-off
shut-offvalve,
valve,
unscrew
unscrewthethescrew
screwn. n.3 3(rod
(rodcountercounterpressure)
pressure)and
andpush
pushhand
handemergency
emergency
button
button
to to
take
take
pressure
pressure
to to
zero.
zero.
- -Unscrew
Unscrewthethefixing
fixingscrew
screwof ofthetheblock
blockto to
inspect
inspect
thethe
seats
seats
of of
thethe
balls.
balls.
- -Remove
Removethethestop
stopring
ring(type
(typeSeeger)
Seeger)which
which
blocks
blocks
spring
spring
and
and
ball.
ball.
- -Inspect
Inspectthetheseats.
seats.In Incase
casethey
theyarearescored
scoredor or

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

faulty,
faulty,
repair
repair
them.
them.
Position
Position
thetheballs
balls
in in
their
their
proper
proper
place
place
and
and
clinch
clinch
using
using
a proper
a proper
punch.
punch.
Warning:
Warning:dodonotnothammer
hammerstrongly,
strongly,
because
because
seats
seats
areare
outout
of of
aluminium
aluminium
and
and
cancanbreak.
break.If Ifpossible,
possible,replace
replacethetheballs
balls
used
used
to to
clinch
clinch
thethe
seats.
seats.
- -Reassemble
Reassembleproperly
properlyallallthethecomponents,
components,
reassemble
reassemble
thethe
block
block
and
and
check
check
thethe
sealing.
sealing.
d) d)
Piloted
Piloted
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
VBP
VBP
TheThe
VBP
VBP
valve
valve
(non-return
(non-return
valve)
valve)
hashas
to to
keep
keep
thethemain
mainline
lineclosed
closedwhen
whenthethecarcaris is
motionless.
motionless.TheTheperfect
perfectsealing
sealingis isguaranteed
guaranteed
byby
a seal
a seal
laying
laying
between
between
thethe
two
two
parts
parts
which
which
compose
compose
itsits
piston.
piston.
This
Thisseal
sealwears
wearswith
withthethepassing
passingof ofthethetime
time
and
and
cancan
bebe
damaged
damaged
byby
metal
metal
particles
particles
which
which
engrave
engrave
it it
and
and
hinder
hinder
itsits
sealing
sealing
because
because
they
they
come
come
between
between
seat
seat
and
and
seal.
seal.
TheTheclosing
closingcancanalso
alsobebeslowed
slowedbybythethebad
bad
running
running
of of
thethe
VBP
VBP
piston
piston
because
because
of of
dirtdirt
and
and
hindered
hindered
byby
thethe
faulty
faulty
closing
closing
of of
thethe
electroelectrovalve
valve
EVD.
EVD.
TheThe
oiloil
lost
lost
through
through
thethe
VBP
VBP
valve
valve
goes
goes
directly
directly
to to
thethe
tank
tank
through
through
thethe
discharge
discharge
pipe
pipe
and
and
cancan
bebe
checked
checked
only
only
thanks
thanks
to to
it. it.
Operate
Operate
as as
follows
follows
to to
getget
ridrid
from
from
VBP
VBP
losses.
losses.
- -Check
Checkthat
thatVBP
VBPpiston
pistonruns
runswell
welland,
and,if if
necessary,
necessary,remove
removedirtdirtand
andclean
cleanwith
witha thin
a thin
cloth.
cloth.
- -Check
Checkthat
thatthetheelectro-valve
electro-valveEVD
EVD closes
closes
perfectly,
perfectly,when
whenthethecoilcoilis isdisconnected
disconnected(see
(see
previous
previous
point
point
c).c).

ENGLISH

- -TheThecoilcoilEVD
EVDbutton
buttonhashasgotgotmechanically
mechanically
caught,
caught,
after
after
having
having
been
been
activated
activated
manually
manually
with
with
a screwdriver.
a screwdriver.
TheThe
coilcoil
cursor
cursor
cancan
notnot
getget
back
backto toitsitsmotionless
motionlessposition.
position.In Inthis
thiscase,
case,
remove
remove
thethe
coil,
coil,
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
mechanical
mechanical
part
part
of of
EVD
EVD
and
and
push
push
back
back
itsits
piston
piston
completely.
completely.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.065
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.065
D840MGB.065
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
66 66

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.066
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.066
D840MGB.066
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

- -Replace
ReplacethetheVBP
VBPseal
sealas asshown
shownin indrawing
drawing
n. n.
46:46:

Shut-off
Shut-off
valve
valve

ENGLISH
Seal
Seal
VBP
VBP

Position
Position
of of
thethe
valve
valve
filters
filters
Draw.
Draw.
4646Replacement
Replacement
of of
seal
seal
VBP
VBP
and
and
cleaning
cleaning
of of
thethe
filters
filters
Close
Close
thethe
main
main
line
line
shut-off
shut-offvalve.
valve.
Unscrew
Unscrewthethescrew
screwn. n.3 3forforrodrodcountercounterpressure
pressure
and
and
take
take
pressure
pressure
back
back
to to
zero
zero
using
using
thethe
hand
hand
manoeuvre
manoeuvre
button.
button.
Remove
Remove
thethe
hand
hand
pump
pump
to to
reach
reach
VBP
VBP
piston.
piston.
Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
which
which
holds
holds
thethe
two
two
parts
parts
of of
thethe
piston
piston
tight
tight
and
and
replace
replace
thethe
seal
seal
laying
laying

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

between
between
them.
them.
BeBe
careful
careful
to to
position
position
it it
in in
thethe
right
right
way.
way.
Reassemble
Reassembleallallthetheparts
partspaying
payingattention
attentionto to
thethe
O'Ring
O'Ring
which
which
lays
lays
between
between
thethe
valve
valve
and
and
thethe
hand
hand
pump.
pump.

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 67

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.067
Pagina/page D840MGB.067
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

10.3 SEAL REPLACEMENT ON A SINGLE-STAGE


CYLINDER

Rod

The seals of a normal cylinder are positioned on


the cylinder head (see drawing n. 47). Seal
replacement consists in replacing the three
sealing parts:
- The main seal of the rod
- The sealing O'ring on the iron ring thread
- The rod scraper

Iron ring

Scraper
Guide ring

Or on the thread
Main seal
Guide ring
Metal bush

The iron ring which holds the seal is screwed. The


unscrewing operation is facilitated by 4 blind
threaded holes M10. It is possible to unscrew the
iron ring introducing 4 screws in the 4 holes or
using proper hook spanners which can be found
on the market.
Before replacing the seal, control the
rod surface and get rid of the possible
irregularities, such as scores or bruises
which could damage the new seals.

Or
Cylinder

- Take the car in upper extra travel and the


cylinder in upper end position.
Carefully take a place near the head
and, if necessary, sling with a rope to be
able to work safely and freely.
- Check the rod surface fi metre by fi metre, all
along its length, making a slow down travel
with and emergency.
Get rid of any irregularities found
visually or touching it by using a thin
abrasive paper. In case scores are deep or
damages are important, fix the paper on
a wooden support.

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

Draw. 47 Replacement of the seal on a


one-stage cylinder

ENGLISH

D840MGB

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
68 68

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

- -After
After
having
having
controlled
controlled
thethe
lastlast
half
half
metre
metre
of of
thethe
rod,
rod,
operate
operate
to to
replace
replace
thethe
seals.
seals.
Block
Blockthethecar,car,using
usingstops
stopsin inthethemost
most
comfortable
comfortable
position.
position.
In In
case
case
of of
indirect
indirect
acting
actinginstallations,
installations,block
blockwith
witha astop
stop
even
even
thethe
support
support
of of
thethe
pulley.
pulley.
- -In In
case
case
of of
direct
direct
acting
acting
installation
installation
disconnect
disconnect
thetherodrodfrom
fromthetheframe.
frame.While
Whilein incase
caseof of
indirect
indirectacting
actingones,
ones,disconnect
disconnectthetherodrodfrom
from
thethe
pulley.
pulley.

ENGLISH

Clean
Clean thethe cylinder
cylinder head,
head, unscrew
unscrew
completely
completelythethescrew
screwn. n.3 3of ofthethe
counter-pressure.
counter-pressure.Make
Makethetherodrodbreak
break
back
back until
until thethe manometer
manometer shown
shown
pressure
pressure
= zero.
= zero.
- -Unscrew
Unscrewthethethreaded
threadediron
ironring
ringholding
holdingthethe
seals.
seals.
- -Remove
Remove
thethe
oldold
seal,
seal,
thethe
O'ring
O'ring
onon
thethe
thread
thread
and
and
thethe
scraper.
scraper.
- -Control
Control
and
and
clean
clean
thethe
guide
guide
rings
rings
and
and
position
position
them
them
in in
their
their
place.
place.
(Have
(Have
access
access
to to
thethe
second
second
guide
guide
ring
ring
byby
taking
taking
outout
thethe
metal
metal
bush,
bush,
laying
laying
under
under
thethe
iron
iron
ring,
ring,
screwing
screwingtwo
two
small
small
screws
screws
M3M3
onon
thethe
bush
bush
itself
itself
to to
liftlift
it.)it.)
- -Clean
Cleanand
andcontrol
controlthetheseats,
seats,reassemble
reassemblethethe
new
newseals,
seals,paying
payingattention
attentionnotnotto todamage
damage
them
themand
andposition
positionthem
themin inthethesame
sameway
wayas as
thethe
oldold
ones.
ones.
(The
(The
writing
writing
"PRESSURE
"PRESSURE
SIDE",
SIDE",
if if
existing,
existing,
hashas
to to
bebe
turned
turned
toward
toward
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
inside!)
inside!)
- -Reassemble
Reassemble
thethe
bush
bush
(in(in
case
case
it has
it has
been
been
taken
taken
out),
out),screw
screwagain
againthetheiron
ironring
ringwith
withthethenew
new
seal,
seal,
purge
purge
thethe
airair
and
and
putput
thethe
installation
installation
into
into
action.
action.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.068
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.068
D840MGB.068
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

10.4
10.4AIRAIR
ININ
THE
THE
OILOIL
There
There
is is
airair
in in
thethe
oiloil
in in
case
case
of of
foam
foam
in in
thethe
tank
tank
mainly
mainly
during
during
thethe
down
down
travel
travel
phase
phase
and
and
in in
case
case
thethe
oiloil
becomes
becomes
whitish.
whitish.
Negatives
Negatives
effects
effects
onon
thethe
installation
installation
areare
caused
caused
byby
thethe
increase
increase
of of
thethe
oiloil
compressibility
compressibility
factor.
factor.
TheThe
most
most
common
common
effects
effects
areare
thethe
following
following
ones:
ones:
- -When
Whenthetheinstallation
installationis ismotionless
motionlessat atthethe
floor,
floor,
thethe
carcar
lowers
lowers
when
when
loaded
loaded
and
and
goes
goes
upup
when
when
unloaded.
unloaded.
- -When
When thethe installation
installation moves,
moves, strong
strong
oscillations,
oscillations,pump
pumpnoise
noiseand
andirregularities
irregularities
during
during
thethe
movement
movement
areare
noted.
noted.
- -AirAirin inthetheoiloilcancanbebedue
dueto:to:insufficient
insufficientairair
purge
purge
during
during
thethe
first
first
filling
filling
of of
thethe
circuit,
circuit,
tootoo
low
low
level
level
of of
oiloil
in in
thethe
tank,
tank,
thethe
discharge
discharge
pipe
pipe
is not
is not
connected
connected
to to
thethe
valve
valve
any
any
more,
more,
etc.
etc.
Operate
Operate
as as
follows
follows
to to
getget
ridrid
of of
thethe
airair
from
from
thethe
circuit:
circuit:
- -When
When
thethe
oiloil
is hot,
is hot,
position
position
thethe
carcar
low
low
onon
thethe
dampers
dampers
and
and
discharge
discharge
pressure
pressure
with
with
thethe
hand
hand
button,
button,
unscrewing
unscrewing
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
3 of
3 of
countercounterpressure
pressure
too.
too.
- -Remove
Removethethecylinder
cylindervent
ventscrew
screwand
andleave
leave
everything
everything
rest
rest
forfor
about
about
8/10
8/10
hours.
hours.
In In
this
this
way
way
thethe
airair
in in
thethe
oiloil
willwill
gogo
upup
and
and
thethe
airair
in in
thethe
tank
tank
willwill
bebe
automatically
automatically
released.
released.
Now,
Now,purge
purgethetheairairfrom
fromthethecylinder
cylinderas as
follows.
follows.
- -Leave
Leave
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
vent
vent
screw
screw
open
open
and
and
switch
switch
offoff
thethe
high
high
speed
speed
coilcoil
EVR.
EVR.
- -Activate
Activate
thethe
motor
motor
one
one
or or
two
two
times
times
forfor
few
few
seconds
seconds
until
until
clear
clear
oiloil
comes
comes
outout
from
from
thethe
vent
vent
screw
screw
without
without
air.air.
- -Close
Closethethecylinder
cylindervent
ventscrew,
screw,take
takeback
backthethe

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
69 69

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

10.5
10.5FILTER
FILTER
CLEANING
CLEANING
INSIDE
INSIDE
THE
THE
VALVE
VALVE
GROUP
GROUP
- -During
Duringthethegeneral
generaloverhaul
overhaulor orin incase
case
working
working
anomalies
anomalies
occur,
occur,
clean
clean
allall
thethe
filters
filters
connected
connected
to to
thethe
electro-valves
electro-valves
and
and
shown
shown
in in
drawing
drawing
n. n.
4646
onon
page
page
D840MGB.066.
D840MGB.066.
D840M3L.066.

- -In Inparticular,
particular,in incase
casethetheputting
puttingunder
under
pressure
pressureand
andthethestart
startupward
upwardresult
resultto tobebe
difficult,
difficult,
clean
clean
thethe
filter
filter
EVS
EVS
of of
thethe
upup
travel
travel
block,
block,
shown
shown
in in
drawing
drawing
n. n.
48,48,
removing
removing
first
first
thethe
capcap
and
and
then
then
unscrewing
unscrewing
thethe
filter
filter
with
with
a a
screwdriver.
screwdriver.
- -Operate
Operateas asfollows
followsto toclean
cleanor orreplace
replacethethe
cartridge
cartridgeof ofthetheshut-off
shut-offvalve:
valve:unscrew
unscrewthethe
screw
screwn. n.3 3and
anddischarge
dischargepressure;
pressure;then
then
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
filter
filter
bottom
bottom
to to
have
have
access
access
to to
thethe
cartridge.
cartridge.

ENGLISH

screw
screw
n. n.
3 at
3 at
itsits
original
original
position,
position,
make
make
anan
upup
travel
travel
with
with
low
low
speed,
speed,
checking
checking
that
that
thethe
ropes
ropes
areare
well
well
positioned
positioned
in in
thethe
pulley
pulley
gorges.
gorges.
- -If If
necessary,
necessary,
repeat
repeat
this
this
operation
operation
after
after
a few
a few
days
days
and
and
above
above
allall
trytry
to to
getget
ridrid
of of
thethe
causes
causes
which
which
have
have
ledled
to tothethe
airair
problem.
problem.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.069
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.069
D840MGB.069
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Filter
Filter
EVSEVS

Purging
Purging
filter
filter
EVREVR

Draw.
Draw.
4848
Filter
Filter
cleaning
cleaning
of ofEVS
EVS
line
line

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Filter
Filter
EVSEVS

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
70 70

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.070
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.070
D840MGB.070
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

10.6
10.6
MINERAL
MINERAL
OILOIL
DETERIORATION
DETERIORATION

10.7
10.7 ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
ANTI-CREEP
ANTI-CREEP
SYSTEM
SYSTEM

It is
It difficult
is difficult
to to
calculate
calculate
how
how
fastfast
thethe
mineral
mineral
oiloil
deteriorates:
deteriorates:thisthistime
timedepends
dependsononthethework
work
conditions,
conditions,
such
such
as as
temperature
temperature
andand
pressure,
pressure,
andand
from
from
thethe
realreal
working
working
hours.
hours.

During
Duringcontrols
controlsononthetheinstallation,
installation,check
checkthethe
working
working
of of
thethe
anti-creep
anti-creep
system,
system,
activating
activating
thethe
hand
hand
emergency
emergency
at at
every
every
floor.
floor.

ENGLISH

- -Dust
Dust
andand
moisture
moisture
in in
thethe
environment
environment
getget
into
into
thetheoiloildirectly
directlyor orbecause
becauseof ofcondensate
condensate
through
throughthetheairairwhich
whichenters
entersinto
intothethetank
tank
during
during
thethe
upup
travel
travel
phase.
phase.
They
They
cancan
deteriorate
deteriorate
oiloil
very
very
fast.
fast.
When
When
thisthis
fact
factoccurs,
occurs,it itis isnecessary
necessaryto tostop
stopthethe
installation
installation
at at
thethe
lowest
lowest
floor,
floor,
letlet
thethe
oiloil
settle
settle
andanddischarge
dischargewater
waterandanddirtdirtfrom
fromthethe
discharge
discharge
hole
hole
under
under
thethe
tank.
tank.
Specialised
Specialised
companies
companies
cancan
also
also
centrifuge
centrifuge
andand
filter
filter
hothot
oil.oil.
- -Pressure
Pressureandandtemperature
temperaturein inthethehydraulic
hydraulic
installations
installations
areare
notnot
so so
high
high
andand
dodo
notnot
have
have
a a
negative
negative
influence
influence
onon
thethe
oiloil
life,life,
unless
unless
thethe
oiloil
itself
itself
is continuously
is continuously
subject
subject
to to
overheating
overheating
or or
thethe
motor
motor
burns
burns
inside
inside
it. it.
- -TheThe
realreal
working
working
hours
hours
of of
a good
a good
oil,oil,
without
without
thethe
above
above
mentioned
mentioned
factors,
factors,
gogo
from
from
3000
3000
to to
5000
5000max.
max.about.
about.These
Theselimits
limitsarearehowever
however
influenced
influencedby bythethetwo
twoabove
abovementioned
mentioned
factors.
factors.
- -Every
Every
year
year
at at
least
least
andand
however
however
every
every
2000
2000
working
workinghours,
hours,check
checkthetheoiloilpreservation
preservation
condition:
condition:smell,
smell,colour,
colour,foam,
foam,dirtdirtparticles,
particles,
etc.etc.
If necessary,
If necessary,
contact
contact
a specialised
a specialised
analysis
analysis
laboratory.
laboratory.
In In
case
case
thethe
oiloil
needs
needs
to to
be be
replaced,
replaced,
paypay
attention
attention to to thethe anti-pollution
anti-pollution
regulations
regulations
in in
force.
force.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

10.8
10.8 EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
LOWERING
LOWERING
WITH
WITH
THETHE
BATTERY
BATTERY
Check
Check periodically
periodically thethe battery
battery efficiency,
efficiency,
switching
switching
offoff
thethe
feeding
feeding
tension.
tension.
10.9
10.9 PLATES,
PLATES,
DIAGRAMS,
DIAGRAMS,
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
Check
Checkperiodically
periodicallythethepresence
presenceof ofplates,
plates,
diagrams
diagrams
andand
instructions
instructions
where
where
requested.
requested.
10.10
10.10SEAL
SEAL
REPLACEMENT
REPLACEMENT
ONON
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
10.10.1
10.10.1
GENERAL
GENERAL
INFORMATION
INFORMATION
In In
synchronised
synchronised
telescopic
telescopic
cylinders,
cylinders,
thethe
oiloil
of of
thethe
pump
pump
unit
unit
acts
acts
only
only
onon
thethe
piston
piston
of of
thethe
biggest
biggest
rod.
rod.
TheThe
other
other
rods
rods
move
move
thanks
thanks
to to
thethe
oiloil
laying
laying
inside
insidethethecylinder
cylinderrooms
roomswhich,
which,during
duringthethe
normal
normal
working,
working,
have
have
nono
contact
contact
with
with
thethe
pump
pump
unit.
unit.
TheThe
internal
internal
volumes
volumes
of of
these
these
rooms
rooms
allow
allow
thethe
upper
upper
rods
rods
to to
runrun
their
their
complete
complete
travel.
travel.
ForFor
a a
correct
correctworking,
working,thetheinternal
internalrooms
roomsof ofthethe
synchronised
synchronised
telescopic
telescopic
cylinder
cylinder
need
need
to to
be be
filled
filled
with
with
oiloil
andand
kept
kept
filled.
filled.
TheTheoiloillostlostin inthetheinternal
internalrooms
roomsduring
duringthethe
working
working
make
make
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
loose
loose
its its
synchronism.
synchronism.
ForFor
thisthis
reason,
reason,
thethe
seals
seals
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
have
have
a a
very
veryimportant
importantrole
rolein inkeeping
keepingthethecylinder
cylinder
synchronism.
synchronism.
Deep
Deep
attention
attention
hashas
to to
be be
paid
paid
to to
thethe
preservation
preservation
of of
thethe
rods
rods
andand
to to
thethe
oiloil
cleaning.
cleaning.
- -Every
Every
head
head
of of
a telescopic
a telescopic
cylinder
cylinder
hashas
its its
own
own
setsetof ofseals
sealsto toavoid
avoidoiloillosses
lossestoward
towardthethe
outside.
outside.

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
71 71

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

TOTAL
TOTAL EXTRA-TRAVEL
EXTRA-TRAVEL FOR
FOR TWO-STAGE
TWO-STAGE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDER:
CYLINDER:
MIN.
MIN.
500500
MM
MM
TOTAL
TOTAL EXTRA-TRAVEL
EXTRA-TRAVEL FOR
FOR THREE-STAGE
THREE-STAGE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDER:
CYLINDER:
MIN.
MIN.
600600
MM.
MM.
- -Losses
Losses
of of
dynamism,
dynamism,
duedue
to to
thethe
rodrod
movement,
movement,
andand
losses
losses
duedue
to to
thethe
seal
seal
wear
wear
cause
cause
problems
problems
to tothetheinstallation
installationsynchronism
synchronismwith
withthethe
passing
passing
of of
thethe
time,
time,
problems
problems
which
which
cancan
notnot
be be
solved
solved by by thethe extra-travels.
extra-travels. TheThe
synchronisation
synchronisation
needs
needs
now
now
to to
be be
renewed,
renewed,
as as
described
described
in in
paragraph
paragraph
n. 5.3.
n. 5.3.
- -In Incase
casethethecylinder
cylindercontinuously
continuouslylooses
loosesits its
synchronism,
synchronism, thethe renewal
renewal of of thethe
synchronisation
synchronisation
is not
is not
enough
enough
anyany
more.
more.
It It
is is
now
now
necessary
necessary
to to
replace
replace
thethe
seals.
seals.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

10.10.2
10.10.2SEAL
SEAL
REPLACEMENT
REPLACEMENT
ONON
TWO-STAGE
TWO-STAGE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS,
CYLINDERS,
TYPE
TYPE
CT-2
CT-2
In In
case
case
of of
two-stage
two-stage
telescopic
telescopic
cylinders,
cylinders,
drawing
drawing
n. n.
4949
onon
page
page
D840MGB.072,
D840MGB.072,
thethe
involved
involved
seals
seals
D840M3L.072,
are:are:
- -n n
1 internal
1 internal
seal,
seal,
onon
thethe
piston
piston
of of
rodrod
n. 2n. 2
- -n n
1 set
1 set
of of
seals
seals
- head
- head
n. 1n. 1
- -n n
1 set
1 set
of of
seals
seals
- head
- head
n. 2n. 2
TheThefollowing
followingtools
toolsareareneeded
neededto to
replace
replace
all all
thethe
seals,
seals,
included
included
thethe
piston
piston
one:
one:
- n.- n.
1 hoist
1 hoist
to to
unthread
unthread
thethe
rods
rods
outout
of of
thethe
cylinders
cylinders
(the
(the
hoist
hoist
capacity
capacity
hashas
to to
be be
at at
least
least
thethe
same
same
as as
thethe
weight
weight
of of
thethe
most
most
heavy
heavy
rod);
rod);
- n.
- n.
1 or
1 or
more
more
recipients
recipients
to to
collect
collect
thethe
oil;oil;
- n.- 1n.suction
1 suction
pump
pump
to to
suck
suck
oiloil
from
from
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
inside.
inside.
How
How
to to
operate:
operate:
Block
Blockthethecarcarwith
withstops
stopsin inthethemore
more
comfortable
comfortableposition:
position:up,up,in incase
caseof of
direct
direct
central
central
acting
acting
installations;
installations;
under
under
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
head,
head,
in in
case
case
of of
direct
direct
side
side
acting
acting
cylinders.
cylinders.
- -Remove
Remove
thethe
4 screws
4 screws
which
which
block
block
thethe
upper
upper
plate
plate
"A""A"
to to
thethe
frame,
frame,
remove
remove
thethe
guide
guide
arms,
arms,
if if
existing
existing
andand
fixfix
under
under
thethe
head
head
"C""C"
a tool
a tool
(screwer
(screwer
or or
bridle)
bridle)
needed
needed
to to
keep
keep
thethe
rodrod
still,
still,
when
when
its its
head
head
willwill
be be
disassembled.
disassembled.
- -Clean
Clean
thethe
heads
heads
andand
make
make
thethe
rods
rods
break
break
back
back
completely
completely
with
with
hand
hand
manoeuvre.
manoeuvre.
Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
n. 3n. 3to to
take
take
pressure
pressure
to to
zero.
zero.
- -Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
BB
of of
thethe
articulation
articulation
andand
remove
remove
plate
plate
A.A.

ENGLISH

- -TheThesmaller
smallercylinder
cylinderhashasa aplunging
plungingpiston
piston
without
without
seals.
seals.
- -TheThe
piston
piston
of of
thethe
bigger
bigger
rods
rods
(one
(one
forfor
twotwostage
stage
telescopic
telescopic
cylinders
cylinders
andand
two
two
forfor
threethreestage
stagetelescopic
telescopiccylinders)
cylinders)have
havea aseal
sealto to
prevent
preventthetheoiloilfrom
fromgoing
goingfrom
fromthetheupper
upper
room
room
to to
thethe
lower
lower
one.
one.
- -TheThepiston
pistonof ofthethebigbigrods
rodshave
havenotnotonly
onlya a
sealing
sealing
seal,
seal,
butbut
also
also
a small
a small
valve
valve
which
which
is is
normally
normallyclosed
closedandandopens
opensonly
onlywhen
whenthethe
cylinder
cylinder
is completely
is completely
closed.
closed.
At At
thisthis
condition,
condition,
thisthis
small
small
valve
valve
allows
allows
thethe
filling
filling
of of
thethe
rooms.
rooms.
(see
(see
paragraph
paragraph
5.35.3
"Filling
"Filling
andand
synchronisation
synchronisation
of of
telescopic
telescopic
cylinders").
cylinders").
- -Reduced
Reduced
displacements
displacements
of of
thethe
rods
rods
cancan
occur
occur
in intelescopic
telescopiccylinders.
cylinders.They
Theyareareduedueto tothethe
different
different
pressure
pressure
inside
inside
thethe
rooms
rooms
andand
to to
thethe
different
differenttemperature
temperatureof ofthetheoiloilinside
insidethethe
rooms.
rooms.
They
They
areare
normally
normally
solved
solved
thanks
thanks
to to
a a
correct
correctdistribution
distributionof ofthetheextra-travels,
extra-travels,as as
recommended:
recommended:

Pagina/page
D840M3L.071
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.071
D840MGB.071
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
72 72

Pagina/page
D840M3L.072
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.072
D840MGB.072
Data/date
30.06.
1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.
1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Technical
Department
Technical
Department

B B- Articulation
- Articulation
screw
screw
ROD
ROD
NN
11

A A- Upper
- Upper
plate
plate

7 -7 Rod
- Rod
1 scraper
1 scraper
2 -2Rod
- Rod
1 seal
1 seal

E E- Seal- Sealblocking-flange
blocking-flange
C C- Head
- Head
n n
1 1

5 -5 -Head
Head
1 O1Ring
O Ring

G G- Vent
- Vent
capcap
H H- Head- Headblocking
blocking
screws
screws

8 -8 Rod
- Rod
2 scraper
2 scraper
3 -3 Rod
- Rod
2 seal
2 seal

E E- Seal
- Seal
-blocking-flange
-blocking-flange

6 -6 Head
- Head
2 O2Ring
O Ring

ROD
ROD
N. N.
2 2

D D- Head
- Head
n2n2
G G- Vent
- Vent
capcap
H H- Head- Headblocking
blocking
screws
screws

ENGLISH
1 -1 Piston
- Piston
n n
2 seal
2 seal

4 4- Filling
- Filling
valve
valve

F F- Cap
- Cap

Draw.
Draw.
4949Seal
Seal
replacement
replacement
onon
telescopic
telescopic
cylinder
cylinder
CT-2
CT-2

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
73 73

- -Release
Release
thethe
4 lock
4 lock
nuts
nuts
and
and
thethe
4 screws
4 screws
"H""H"
which
whichblock
blockthetheheads
heads"C""C"and
and"D".
"D".Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
head
head
"C""C"
and
and
unthread
unthread
it from
it from
thethe
rod.
rod.
- -Re-position
Re-positionthethe
upper
upper
plate
plate
"A""A"
to to
bebe
able
able
to to
unthread
unthread
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
1. 1.
Lean
Lean
it it
vertically
vertically
in in
thethe
shaft,
shaft,
paying
paying
attention
attention
notnot
to to
damage
damage
it. it.
- -Remove
Remove
thethe
oiloil
PVC
PVC
pipe,
pipe,
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
head
head
"D""D"
and
and
unthread
unthread
it from
it from
thethe
rod.
rod.
Before
Beforetaking
takingoutoutthetherodrodn. n.2, 2,it itis is
necessary
necessaryto toopen
openthethehydraulic
hydrauliccircuit
circuit
to to
allow
allow
thethe
airair
to to
getget
into
into
while
while
thethe
rodrod
is lifted.
is lifted.
In In case
case of of direct
direct central
central acting
acting
installations,
installations,remove
removethethefitting
fittingononthethe
shut-off
shut-offvalve,
valve,while
whilein incase
caseof ofdirect
direct
side
sideacting
actinginstallations,
installations,unscrew
unscrewthethe
capcap
"F""F"
of of
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
TheThe
oiloil
lost
lost
during
during
this
this
operation
operation
hashas
to to
bebe
promptly
promptly
collected.
collected.
- -Screw
Screwagain
againthethehead
head"C""C"to tobebeallowed
allowedto to
hook
hookthetherodrodn. n.2 2and
andtake
takeit itoutoutslowly
slowlyto to
avoid
avoidleakage
leakageof ofoiloilwhich
whichwillwillbebesucked
suckedbyby
thethe
suction
suction
pump.
pump.
- -Replace
Replace
seal
seal
"1""1"
onon
thethe
piston
piston
of of
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
2. 2.
Respect
Respect
thethe
position
position
of of
thethe
different
different
parts,
parts,
as as
perperthetheoriginal
originalseal.
seal.TheThereplacement
replacementof ofthethe
O'ring
O'ring
of of
thethe
filling
filling
valve
valve
is difficult,
is difficult,
but,
but,
since
since
this
this
seal
seal
is static,
is static,
nono
replacement
replacement
is needed.
is needed.
- -Check
Check
carefully
carefully
thethe
whole
whole
surface
surface
of of
thethe
two
two
rods;
rods;
getget
ridrid
of of
any
any
bruise
bruise
or or
scratch
scratch
using
using
a a
fine
fine
abrasive
abrasive
paper,
paper,
grain
grain
400
400
600.
600.
- -Reassemble
Reassemble
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
2 into
2 into
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
BeBe
careful
careful
notnot
to to
damage
damage
thethe
seal.
seal.
- -Replace
Replace
thethe
seal,
seal,
thethe
scraper
scraper
and
and
thethe
O'ring
O'ring
of of
thethe
head
head
n. n.
2, 2,
removing
removing
thethe
flange
flange
which
which
block
block
thethe
seal
seal
"E"."E".

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.073
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.073
D840MGB.073
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Reassemble
Reassemble
thethe
head
head
n. n.
2 and
2 and
screw
screw
again
again
thethe
two
two
block
block
screws
screws
together
together
with
with
their
their
nuts.
nuts.
-Reassemble
Reassemble
rodrod
n. n.
1 inserting
1 inserting
it in
it in
rodrod
n. n.
2. 2.
-Replace
Replace
thethe
seal,
seal,
thethe
scraper
scraper
and
and
thethe
O'ring
O'ring
of of
thethe
head
head
n. n.
1, 1,
removing
removing
thethe
flange
flange
which
which
block
block
thetheseal
seal"E"."E".Reassemble
Reassemblethethehead
headn. n.1 1and
and
screw
screwagain
againthethetwo
twoblock
blockscrews
screwstogether
together
with
with
their
their
nuts.
nuts.
-Reassemble
Reassemble
plate
plate
"A""A"
and
and
fixfix
it with
it with
thethe
screw
screw
"B""B"
and
and
itsits
components.
components.
-Close
Close
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
circuit,
circuit,
putput
back
back
thethe
capcap
"F""F"
or orscrew
screwthethefitting
fittingof ofthetheshut-off
shut-offvalve,
valve,
remove
removethethescrewer
screwerand
andmake
makethethecylinder
cylinder
close
close
onon
itself
itself
to to
fillfill
upup
and
and
purge
purge
thethe
air.air.
-FillFill
upup
and
and
purge
purge
thethe
airair
of of
thethe
cylinder,
cylinder,
very
very
slow
slow
at at
low
low
speed,
speed,
removing
removing
thethe
vent
vent
caps
caps
"G""G"
of of
thethe
two
two
heads.
heads.
Close
Close
thethe
vents
vents
only
only
when
when
clear
clear
oiloil
without
without
airair
comes
comes
outout
from
from
them.
them.
Reassemble
Reassemblethetheguide
guidearms,
arms,if ifexisting
existing
and
and
make
make
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
riserise
until
until
it it
leans
leans
against
againstthethecarcarwhich
whichcould
couldfinally
finallybebe
reconnected
reconnectedthetheplate
plate"A""A"with
withitsits4 4
screws.
screws.

- -After
Afterthethefirst
firsttravel,
travel,check
checkthethesynchronism
synchronism
and,
and,if ifnecessary,
necessary,dodoagain
againthethefilling
fillingupupand
and
thethe
synchronisation,
synchronisation,
as as
explained
explained
at at
paragraph
paragraph
5.3.5.3.

ENGLISH

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
74 74

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

10.10.3
10.10.3SEAL
SEAL
REPLACEMENT
REPLACEMENT
ONON
THREE-STAGE
THREE-STAGE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS,
CYLINDERS,
TYPE
TYPE
CT-3
CT-3
In Incase
caseof ofthree-stage
three-stagetelescopic
telescopiccylinders,
cylinders,
drawing
drawingn. n.5050ononpage
pageD840M3L.075,
D840MGB.075,
D840MGB.075,thethe
involved
involved
seals
seals
are:are:
- n
- n
1 internal
1 internal
seal,
seal,
onon
thethe
piston
piston
of of
rodrod
n. 2n. 2
- n
- n
1 internal
1 internal
seal,
seal,
onon
thethe
piston
piston
of of
rodrod
n. 3n. 3
- n
- n
1 set
1 set
of of
seals
seals
- head
- head
n. 1n. 1
- n
- n
1 set
1 set
of of
seals
seals
- head
- head
n. 2n. 2
- n
- n
1 set
1 set
of of
seals
seals
- head
- head
n. 3n. 3

ENGLISH

TheThefollowing
followingtools
toolsareareneeded
neededto to
replace
replaceall allthetheseals,
seals,included
includedthethe
internal
internal
seals
seals
of of
rods
rods
n. 2n.and
2 and
3: 3:
- n.- n.
1 hoist
1 hoist
to to
unthread
unthread
thethe
rods
rods
outout
of of
thethe
cylinders
cylinders
(the
(the
hoist
hoist
capacity
capacity
hashas
to to
be be
at at
least
least
thethe
same
same
as as
thethe
weight
weight
of of
thethe
most
most
heavy
heavy
rod);
rod);
- n.
- n.
1 or
1 or
more
more
recipients
recipients
to to
collect
collect
thethe
oil;oil;
- n.- n.
1 suction
1 suction
pump
pump
to to
suck
suck
oiloil
from
from
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
inside.
inside.
How
How
to to
operate:
operate:
Block
Blockthethecarcarwith
withstops
stopsin inthethemore
more
comfortable
comfortableposition:
position:up,up,in incase
caseof of
direct
direct
central
central
acting
acting
installations;
installations;
under
under
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
head
head
in in
case
case
of of
direct
direct
side
side
acting
acting
cylinders.
cylinders.
- -Remove
Remove
thethe
4 screws
4 screws
which
which
block
block
thethe
upper
upper
plate
plate
"A""A"
to to
thethe
frame,
frame,
remove
remove
thethe
guide
guide
arms,
arms,
if existing
if existing
andand
fixfix
under
under
thethe
heads
heads
"C""C"
andand
"D""D"
a tool
a tool
(screwer
(screwer
or or
bridle)
bridle)
needed
needed
to to
keep
keep
thethe
rods
rods still,
still, when
when their
their heads
heads willwill be be
disassembled.
disassembled.
- -Clean
Clean
thethe
heads
heads
andand
make
make
thethe
rods
rods
break
break
back
back

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.074
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.074
D840MGB.074
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

completely
completely
with
with
hand
hand
manoeuvre.
manoeuvre.
Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
n. 3n.to
3 to
take
take
pressure
pressure
to to
zero.
zero.
-Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
"B""B"
of of
thethe
articulation
articulation
andand
remove
remove
plate
plate
"A"."A".
-Release
Releasethethelock
locknuts
nutsandandthethe6 6screws
screws"H""H"
which
which
block
block
thethe
three
three
heads
heads
"C","C",
"D""D"
andand
"E"."E".
Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
head
head
"C""C"
andand
unthread
unthread
it from
it from
thethe
rod.
rod.
-Re-position
Re-positionthethe
upper
upper
plate
plate
"A""A"
to to
be be
able
able
to to
unthread
unthread
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
1. 1.
Lean
Lean
it vertically
it vertically
in in
thethe
shaft,
shaft,
paying
paying
attention
attention
notnot
to to
damage
damage
it. it.
-Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
head
head
"D","D",
after
after
having
having
checked
checked
that
thatthethetwo
twoscrews
screws"H""H"arearereleased,
released,andand
unthread
unthread
it from
it from
thethe
rodrod
n. 2.
n. 2.
Before
Before
taking
taking
outout
thethe
remaining
remaining
rods,
rods,
it it
is necessary
is necessary
to to
open
open
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
circuit
circuit
to to
allow
allow
thethe
airair
to to
getget
into
into
while
while
thethe
rods
rods
areare
lifted.
lifted.
In Incase
caseof of direct
directcentral
centralacting
acting
installations,
installations,
remove
remove
thethe
fitting
fitting
onon
thethe
shut-off
shut-offvalve,
valve,while
whilein incase
caseof ofdirect
direct
side
sideacting
actinginstallations,
installations,unscrew
unscrewthethe
capcap"F""F"of ofthethecylinder.
cylinder.TheTheoiloillostlost
during
during
thisthis
operation
operation
hashas
to to
be be
promptly
promptly
collected.
collected.

- -Screw
Screw
thethe
head
head
"C""C"
to to
hook
hook
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
2 and
2 and
take
take
it it
outout
slowly
slowly
to to
avoid
avoid
oiloil
leakage
leakage
which
which
willwill
be be
sucked
sucked
by by
thethe
suction
suction
pump.
pump.
Lean
Lean
thisthis
rodrod
vertically
vertically
in in
thethe
shaft,
shaft,
protect
protect
it and
it and
paypay
attention
attention
notnot
to to
damage
damage
it. it.
- -Remove
Remove
thethe
oiloil
PVC
PVC
pipe,
pipe,
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
head
head
"E""E"
andand
unthread
unthread
it from
it from
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
3, after
3, after
having
having
checked
checked
that
that
thethe
two
two
block
block
screws
screws
"H""H"
have
have
been
been
released.
released.
- -Screw
Screw
thethe
head
head
"D""D"
to to
hook
hook
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
3 and
3 and
take
take
it it
outout
slowly
slowly
to to
avoid
avoid
oiloil
leakage
leakage
which
which

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 75

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
Pagina/page D840M3L.075
D840MGB.075
Data/date
30.06.
1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department

Technical Department

ROD N 1
10 - Rod 1 scraper
3 - Rod 1 seal 1
7 - Head 1 O Ring
11 - Rod 2 scraper
4 - Rod 2 seal
8 - Head 2 O Ring
12 - Rod 3 scraper
5 - Rod 3 seal
9 - Head 3 O Ring

B - Articulation screw
A - Upper plate
I - Seal-blocking flange
C - Head n 1
G - Vent cap
H - Head-blocking screws
ROD N 2

I - Seal-blocking flange
D - Head n 2
G - Vent cap
H - Head-blocking screws
ROD N 3
Seal-blocking flange

I E G H-

Head n 3
Vent cap
Head-blocking screws

6 - Filling valve
1 - Piston n. 2 seal

2 - Piston n. 3 seal

6 - Filling valve

F - Cap

Draw. 50 Seal replacement on telescopic cylinder CT-3

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

ENGLISH

D840MGB

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
76 76

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

ENGLISH

willwill
bebe
sucked
sucked
byby
thethe
suction
suction
pump.
pump.
- -Replace
Replace
thethe
seal
seal
"2""2"
onon
thethe
piston
piston
of of
thethe
third
third
rod.
rod.
Respect
Respect
thethe
position
position
of of
thethe
different
different
parts,
parts,
as as
perper
thethe
original
original
seal.
seal.
TheThereplacement
replacementof ofthetheO'rings
O'ringsof ofthethefilling
filling
valves
valves
is is
difficult,
difficult,
but,
but,
since
since
this
this
seal
seal
is is
static,
static,
nono
replacement
replacement
is needed.
is needed.
- -Check
Check
carefully
carefully
thethe
whole
whole
surface
surface
of of
thethe
rods
rods
n. n.
3; 3;
getget
ridrid
of of
any
any
bruise
bruise
or or
scratch
scratch
using
using
a a
fine
fine
abrasive
abrasive
paper,
paper,
grain
grain
400600.
400600.
- -Reassemble
Reassemble
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
3 into
3 into
thethe
cylinder.
cylinder.
BeBe
careful
careful
notnot
to to
damage
damage
thethe
seal.
seal.
- -Replace
Replace
thethe
seal,
seal,
thethe
scraper
scraper
and
and
thethe
O'ring
O'ring
of of
thethe
head
head
n. n.
3, 3,
removing
removing
thethe
flange
flange
which
which
block
block
thetheseal
seal"I"."I".Reassemble
Reassemblethethehead
headn. n.3 3and
and
screw
screwagain
againthethetwo
twoblock
blockscrews
screwstogether
together
with
with
their
their
nuts.
nuts.
- -Replace
Replace
thethe
seal
seal
"1""1"
onon
thethe
piston
piston
of of
rodrod
n. n.
2. 2.
Respect
Respect
thethe
position
position
of of
thethe
different
different
parts,
parts,
as as
perper
thethe
original
original
seal.
seal.
- -Check
Check
carefully
carefully
thethe
whole
whole
surface
surface
of of
thethe
rods
rods
n. n.
2; 2;
getget
ridrid
of of
any
any
bruise
bruise
or or
scratch
scratch
using
using
a a
fine
fine
abrasive
abrasive
paper,
paper,
grain
grain
400600.
400600.
- -Reassemble
Reassemblerodrodn. n.2 2into
intothethecylinder.
cylinder.BeBe
careful
careful
notnot
to to
damage
damage
thethe
seal.
seal.
- -Replace
Replace
thethe
seal,
seal,
thethe
scraper
scraper
and
and
thethe
O'ring
O'ring
of of
thethe
head
head
n. n.
2, 2,
removing
removing
thethe
flange
flange
which
which
block
block
thetheseal
seal"I"."I".Reassemble
Reassemblethethehead
headn. n.2 2and
and
screw
screwagain
againthethetwo
twoblock
blockscrews
screwstogether
together
with
with
their
their
nuts.
nuts.
- -Check
Checkcarefully
carefullythethewhole
wholesurface
surfaceof ofthetherodrod
n. n.
1; 1;
getget
ridrid
of of
any
any
bruise
bruise
or or
scratch
scratch
using
using
a a
fine
fine
abrasive
abrasive
paper,
paper,
grain
grain
400600.
400600.
- -Reassemble
Reassemble
thethe
rodrod
n. n.
1 inserting
1 inserting
it in
it in
rodrod
n. n.
2. 2.
- -Replace
Replace
thethe
seal,
seal,
thethe
scraper
scraper
and
and
thethe
O'ring
O'ring
of of
thethe
head
head
n. n.
1, 1,
removing
removing
thethe
flange
flange
which
which
block
block
thetheseal
seal
"I"."I".

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

Pagina/page
D840M3L.076
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.076
D840MGB.076
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Reassemble
Reassemble
thethe
head
head
n. n.
1 and
1 and
screw
screw
again
again
thethe
two
two
block
block
screws
screws
together
together
with
with
their
their
nuts.
nuts.
- -Reassemble
Reassemble
plate
plate
"A""A"
and
and
fixfix
it with
it with
thethe
screw
screw
"B""B"
and
and
itsits
components.
components.
- -Close
Close
thethe
hydraulic
hydraulic
circuit,
circuit,
putput
back
back
thethe
capcap
"F""F"
or orscrew
screwthethefitting
fittingof ofthetheshut-off
shut-offvalve,
valve,
remove
removethethescrewers
screwersand
andmake
makethethecylinder
cylinder
close
close
onon
itself
itself
to to
fillfill
upup
and
and
purge
purge
thethe
air.air.
- -FillFill
upup
and
and
purge
purge
thethe
airair
of of
thethe
cylinder,
cylinder,
very
very
slow
slow
at at
low
low
speed,
speed,
removing
removing
thethe
vent
vent
caps
caps
"G""G"
of of
thethe
three
three
heads.
heads.
Close
Close
thethe
vents
vents
only
only
when
when
clear
clear
oiloil
without
without
airair
comes
comes
outout
from
from
them.
them.
Reassemble
Reassemblethetheguide
guidearms,
arms,if ifexisting
existing
and
and
make
make
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
riserise
until
until
it it
leans
leans
against
againstthethecarcarwhich
whichcould
couldfinally
finallybebe
reconnected
reconnectedthetheplate
plate"A""A"with
withitsits4 4
screws.
screws.
- -After
Afterthethefirst
firsttravel,
travel,check
checkthethesynchronism
synchronism
and,
and,if ifnecessary,
necessary,dodoagain
againthethefilling
fillingupupand
and
thethe
synchronisation,
synchronisation,
as as
explained
explained
at at
paragraph
paragraph
5.3.5.3.
10.11
10.11POSSIBLE
POSSIBLE
PROBLEMS
PROBLEMS
AND
AND
THEIR
THEIR
SOLUTION
SOLUTION
1) 1)
TheTheliftliftdoes
doesnotnotgogoupupneither
neitherat atlow
lowspeed
speed
notnot
at at
high
high
speed
speed
- -Check
Check
thethe
adjusting
adjusting
pressure
pressure
- screw
- screw
n. n.
1 1
Close
Closethetheline
lineshut-off
shut-offvalve,
valve,discharge
dischargethethe
static
staticpressure
pressurewith
withthethehand
handbutton
buttonand
and
activate
activate
thethe
motor.
motor.
TheThe
adjusting
adjusting
pressure
pressure
hashas
to to
bebe
1,41,4
times
times
thethe
max
max
static
static
pressure
pressure
with
with
a full
a full
load.
load.

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
77 77

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

- -Check
Checkthat
thatthethescrew
screwn. n.7 7is issufficiently
sufficientlyopen
open
and,
and,if ifnecessary,
necessary,trytrytotounscrew
unscrewbybya afew
few
turns.
turns.
If Ifnonoresult
resultis isobtained,
obtained,switch
switchoffoffthethe
main
mainvalve
valveand
anddischarge
dischargethethepressure
pressure
pushing
pushingthethehand
handbutton.
button.Then
Thenoperate
operate
asas
follow:
follow:
- -Check
Checkand
andclean
cleanthethefilter
filterofofEVS
EVSline,
line,asas
explained
explained
at at
paragraph
paragraph
10.5.
10.5.
- -Remove
Removethethecap
caplaying
layingnear
nearthethehand
handpump.
pump.
Check
Checkthat
thatpiston
pistonVMVMofofthethemax
maxpressure
pressure
valve
valve
moves
moves
free
free
and
and
is is
not
not
blocked
blocked
byby
dirt
dirt
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
51).
51).

ENGLISH

If If
pressure
pressure
is is
too
too
low,
low,
increase
increase
until
until
thethe
needed
needed
value
value
byby
screwing
screwing
screw
screw
n. n.
1 and
1 and
test.
test.
If If
pressure
pressure
does
does
not
not
increase
increase
oror
does
does
not
not
reach
reach
thethe
needed
needed
value,
value,
operate
operate
asas
follows.
follows.
- -Control
Control
thethe
motor-pump
motor-pump
group,
group,
verifying
verifying
that,
that,
when
whenthethemotor
motorworks
workscorrectly
correctlyturning
turning
clockwise,
clockwise,
allall
thethe
oiloil
ofof
thethe
pump
pump
goes
goes
back
back
toto
thethe
tank
tank
through
through
thethe
return
return
pipe.
pipe.
- -Control
Controlthat
thatthethepipe
pipeconnecting
connectingpump
pumpand
and
valve
valveand
andthethesilencer
silencerarearenot
notunscrewed
unscrewedoror
broken.
broken.
- -Check
Check
thethe
valves
valves
with
with
coil
coil
EVS
EVS
(delta-star):
(delta-star):
thethe
coil
coilhashasnot
nottotobebeburnt
burntororswitched
switchedoffoffand
and
had
hadtotobebecorrectly
correctlyfed.
fed.If Ifnecessary,
necessary,trytrytoto
push
pushitsitspiston
pistonwith
witha ascrewdriver,
screwdriver,without
without
scratching
scratching
itsits
seat.
seat.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.077
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.077
D840MGB.077
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Hand
Hand
pump
pump

Regulating
Regulating
screw
screw
n n
6 6

Regulation
Regulation
screw
screw
n n
2 2

Draw.
Draw.
5151
NLNLvalve:
valve:
section
section

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senza
senza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
78 78

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

- -In In case
case of of installations
installations with
with coilcoil EVS,
EVS,
disassemble
disassemble
thethe
group,
group,
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
mechanical
mechanical
part
part
of of
thethe
coil,
coil,
shake
shake
it strongly
it strongly
to to
verify
verify
if if
thethe
piston
piston
inside
inside
moves
moves
free
free
(shake
(shake
it it
strongly,
strongly,because
becausethethepiston
pistonis isbraked
brakedbybya a
spring).
spring).In Incase
caseof ofinstallations
installationswithout
withoutcoilcoil
EVS,
EVS,
remove
remove
thethe
capcap
EVS.
EVS.
ForFor
both
both
thethe
cases,
cases,
clean
cleanthethebrass
brasspiston,
piston,clean
cleanthetheparts
parts
disassembled
disassembled and
and reassemble
reassemble them
them (see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
52).
52).
- -Once
Oncethetheneeded
neededpressure
pressurehashasbeen
beenreached,
reached,
check
checkthetheadjusting
adjustingvalues
valuesof ofscrew
screwn. n.1 1and
and
screw
screw
n. n.
7, 7,
as as
shown
shown
at at
paragraphs
paragraphs
8.2.1
8.2.1
and
and
8.2.2.
8.2.2.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.078
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.078
D840MGB.078
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

2) 2)
TheTheliftliftgoes
goesupupslowly
slowlyand
anditsitsdynamic
dynamic
pressure
pressure
is strongly
is strongly
higher
higher
than
than
thethe
static
static
one.
one.
- -Verify
Verify
that
that
thethe
carcar
moves
moves
free,
free,
without
without
forcing
forcing
onon
thethe
guides.
guides.
- -Verify
Verifythat
thatthetheguides
guidesareareparallel
paralleland
andtheir
their
distance
distance
is constant
is constant
allall
along
along
their
their
length.
length.
- -Verify
Verifythat
thatthethecylinder
cylinderand
andthethecompletely
completely
unthreaded
unthreadedrodrodareareparallel
parallelto tothetheguides
guidesallall
along
along
thethe
length.
length.
- -Check
Check
that
that
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
6 of
6 of
thethe
valve
valve
block
block
is is
notnot
tootoo
much
much
screwed.
screwed.
- -Verify
Verify
that
that
thethe
regulation
regulation
screw
screw
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
is not
is not
tootoo
much
much
screwed.
screwed.

ENGLISH
Regulation
Regulation
screw
screw
n 7n 7

Regulation
Regulation
screw
screw
n 7n 7

EVS
EVS
Direct
Direct
start
start

Draw.
Draw.
5252
EVS
EVS
with
with
and
and
without
without
coil:
coil:
sections
sections

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

EVS
EVS

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
79 79

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

- -Check
Checkthat
thatthethecoilcoilEVR
EVRis isnotnotburnt
burntor or
switched
switched
offoff
and
and
is is
correctly
correctly
fed.
fed.
If If
necessary,
necessary,
trytryto topush
pushitsitspiston
pistonwith
witha ascrewdriver,
screwdriver,
without
without
scratching
scratching
itsits
seat.
seat.
- -BeBe
sure
sure
that
that
piston
piston
VRF
VRF
is not
is not
blocked:
blocked:
remove
remove
thetheflange
flangesupporting
supportingthethescrew
screwn. n.6 6(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
5151
onon
page
page
D840MGB.077).
D840MGB.077).
D840M3L.077).
- -Clean
Clean
thethe
discharge
discharge
filter
filter
of of
EVR
EVR
(see
(see
drawing
drawing
n.48
n.48
onon
page
page
D840MGB.069)
D840MGB.069)
and
and
remove
remove
dirtdirt
D840M3L.069)
from
from
thethe
internal
internal
hole.
hole.
4) 4)
TheThe
liftlift
does
does
notnot
start
start
downward.
downward.
- -Verify
Verifythat
thatthethecoilcoilEVD
EVDis isnotnotburnt
burntor or
switched
switched
offoff
and
and
is correctly
is correctly
fed.
fed.
- -Verify
Verifythat
thatthethemin.
min.static
staticpressure
pressureis ishigher
higher
than
than
10/12
10/12
bar.
bar.
Load
Load
thethe
carcar
if needed.
if needed.
- -Verify
Verifythat
thatthetherupture
rupturevalve
valveononthethecylinder
cylinder
hashas
notnot
intervened.
intervened.
If necessary,
If necessary,
unlock
unlock
it with
it with
thethe
hand
hand
pump.
pump.
- -Verify
Verifythat
thatthethescrew
screwn. n.8 8is isnotnotcompletely
completely
unscrewed.
unscrewed.
- -Verify
Verify
that
that
thethe
piston
piston
of of
thethe
valve
valve
EVS
EVS
is is
notnot
mechanically
mechanically
blocked
blocked
in in
thethe
down
down
position.
position.
and stops
stops
5) 5)
TheThe liftlift starts
starts downward
downward and
immediately.
immediately.
- -Check
Check
that
that
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve
valve
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
is is
notnottootooclosed.
closed.If Ifit itis, is,thethevalve
valveintervenes
intervenes
immediately
immediately and
and thethe pressure
pressure of of thethe
manometer
manometer
goes
goes
to to
zero.
zero.
- -Check
Check
that
that
thethe
poppet
poppet
/ mushroom
/ mushroom
valve
valve
VRVR
is is
notnot
open
open
because
because
of of
dirt.
dirt.
In In
this
this
case
case
thethe
valve
valve
EVS
EVSblocks.
blocks.If Ifthethecapcapof ofthetheEVS
EVSfilter
filteris is

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

removed,
removed,oiloilcomes
comesoutoutwhen
whendown
downtravel
travelis is
activated
activated (see
(see drawing
drawing n. n. 4848 onon page
page
D840MGB.069).
D840MGB.069).
D840M3L.069).
- -Operate
Operateas asfollows
followsto tohave
haveaccess
accessto toVR:VR:
disconnect
disconnect
thethe
pipe
pipe
which
which
connect
connect
thethe
pump
pump
to to
thethe
valve,
valve,
liftlift
thethe
cover
cover
which
which
supports
supports
thethe
valve
valveblock
blockand
andunscrew
unscrewthethefitting
fittingat atthethe
entrance
entrance
of of
thethe
valve
valve
itself.
itself.
6) 6)
TheThe
liftlift
goes
goes
down
down
onon
at at
a low
a low
speed.
speed.
- -Check
Checkthat
thatthethecoilcoilEVR
EVRis isnotnotburnt
burntor or
switched
switched
offoff
and
and
is correctly
is correctly
fed.
fed.
- -Verify
Verify that
that thethe installation
installation pressure
pressure is is
sufficient
sufficient
forfor
thethe
carcar
acceleration
acceleration
(8/10
(8/10
barbar
at at
least
least
while
while
thethe
carcar
is going
is going
down).
down).
- -Disassemble
Disassemblethethemechanical
mechanicalpart
partof ofthethecoilcoil
EVR
EVR
and
and
shake
shake
it it
to to
verify
verify
if if
itsits
piston
piston
moves
moves
free.
free.
andpasses
passesthethe
7) 7)TheTheliftliftdoes
doesnotnotdecelerates
deceleratesand
floor.
floor.
- -Check
Check
thethe
deceleration
deceleration
coilcoil
EVR
EVR
is disconnected
is disconnected
at atthetheproper
properdistance
distancefrom
fromthethefloor
floor(see
(see
paragraph
paragraph
4.6).
4.6).
- -Disassemble
Disassemblethethemechanical
mechanicalpart
partof ofthethecoilcoil
EVR
EVR
and
and
shake
shake
it it
to to
verify
verify
if if
itsits
piston
piston
moves
moves
free.
free.
- -Check
Check
that
that
thethe
oiloil
temperature
temperature
is is
notnot
tootoo
low.
low.
If Ifnecessary,
necessary,
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
5 by
5 by
turn.
turn.
- -Close
Closethethemain
mainshut-off
shut-offvalve,
valve,discharge
discharge
pressure
pressurewith
withthethehand
handbutton,
button,remove
removethethe
plate
plate
supporting
supporting
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
6 and
6 and
check
check
that
that
piston
piston
VRF
VRF
moves
moves
free.
free.
If If
necessary
necessary
useuse
a thin
a thin
abrasive
abrasive
paper,
paper,
clean
clean
and
and
reassemble.
reassemble.

ENGLISH

3) 3)
TheThe
liftlift
moves
moves
at at
low
low
speed
speed
both
both
upward
upward
and
and
downward.
downward.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.079
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.079
D840MGB.079
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
80 80

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.080
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.080
D840MGB.080
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

ENGLISH

8) 8)TheTheliftliftvibrates
vibratesor orjumps
jumpsduring
duringthethedown
down
travel
travel
at at
low
low
speed.
speed.

9) 9)
TheTheliftliftoscillates
oscillateswhen
whenit itstops
stopsat atthethefloor,
floor,
during
during
thethe
upward
upward
travel.
travel.

- -Verify
Verify
that
that
thethe
carcar
runs
runs
onon
thethe
guides
guides
without
without
frictions.
frictions.
- -Check
Check
that
that
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
is perfectly
is perfectly
vertical
vertical
and
and
parallel
parallel
to to
thethe
guides.
guides.
- -Check
Check
that
that
cylinder
cylinder
and
and
circuit
circuit
areare
airair
free.
free.
- -Check
Check
frictions
frictions
onon
thethe
frame
frame
pads.
pads.
- -Check
Checkthat
thatpressure
pressurekeeps
keepsover
over1010barbar(if (if
necessary
necessary
ballast).
ballast).
- -A Atootoohigh
highdifference
differencebetween
betweenstatic
staticand
and
dynamic
dynamic
pressure
pressure
(more
(more
than
than
5/65/6
bar)
bar)
denotes
denotes
excessive
excessive
frictions
frictions
in in
thethe
installation.
installation.
- -Unscrew
Unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
2 to
2 to
increase
increase
lightly
lightly
thethe
low
lowspeed.
speed.Close
Closethethemain
mainsht-off
sht-offvalve,
valve,
unscrew
unscrew
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
3, 3,
discharge
discharge
pressure
pressure
with
with
hand
hand
button,
button,
disassemble
disassemble
and
and
clean
clean
thethe
group
group
VRA,
VRA,
thethe
down
down
travel
travel
balancing
balancing
valve
valve
- screw
- screw
n. n.
8 (see
8 (see
drawing
drawing
n. n.
53).
53).

TheTheproblem
problemoccurs
occurswhen
whenthetheliftliftreaches
reachesthethe
floor
floor
and
and
stops
stops
without
without
low
low
speed.
speed.
- -Check
Check
thethe
distance
distance
of of
thethe
deceleration
deceleration
switch
switch
and
and
thethe
regulation
regulation
of of
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
5 (see
5 (see
4.64.6
and
and
8.2.6).
8.2.6).
- -Check
Checkthat
thatthethescrew
screwn. n.6 6is isnotnottootooopen.
open.
Remember
Rememberthat
thatthethespeed
speedduring
duringthetheupward
upward
travel
travelis isdue
dueto tothethepump
pumpand
anddoes
doesnotnot
increase
increase
more
more
than
than
needed,
needed,
byby
unscrewing
unscrewing
thethe
screw
screw
n. n.
6. 6.
Break
Breakback
backthethescrew
screwn. n.6 6to toitsitsoriginal
original
position
positionso sothat,
that,during
duringthetheupward
upwardtravel
travelat at
high
high
speed,
speed,
a small
a small
quantity
quantity
of of
oiloil
goes
goes
back
back
to to
thethe
tank
tank
(see
(see
8.2.4).
8.2.4).

Screw
Screw
n n
8 8

Draw.
Draw.
5353
VRA
VRA
Group:
Group:
down
down
travel
travel
balancing
balancing
screw
screw
n n
8 8

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
81 81

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

10.12
10.12VALVE
VALVE
MODIFICATION:
MODIFICATION:
FROM
FROM
DIRECT
DIRECT
START
START
TOTO
FOR
FOR
THE
THE
MOTOR
MOTOR
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
WITH
WITH
SOFT
SOFT
STARTER
STARTER
OROR
. .

- -Clean
Clean
thethe
paint
paint
allall
around
around
thethe
capcap
"A""A"
and
and
thethe
screw
screw"B""B"(see
(seedrawing
drawingn.54)
n.54)of ofthetheupward
upward
block,
block,
using
using
a solvent.
a solvent.
- -Remove
Remove
thethe
capcap
"A""A"
with
with
itsits
seal
seal
and
and
thethe
small
small
screw
screw
"B".
"B".

ENGLISH

TheThevalve
valveto tobebetransformed
transformedwillwillhave
haveonly
onlythethe
double
doublecoilcoilforforthethedown
downtravel
traveland
andthethesimple
simple
coilcoil
forfor
thethe
high
high
speed.
speed.

Pagina/page
D840M3L.081
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.081
D840MGB.081
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

Draw.
Draw.
5454
UpUp
travel
travel
block
block
forfor
direct
direct
start
start

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB

7-04-2006

9:45

Pagina 82

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.082
Pagina/page D840MGB.082
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical Department

- Clean the remaining paint well. Be careful not


to put it inside the open holes.
- Assemble the
device on "A" cap place
(drawing n. 55), without closing the hole of the
screw "B".

ENGLISH
Draw. 55

Possibili variazioni senza preavviso! Subject to change without notice!

start or soft starter

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
83 83

OPERATING
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
FOR
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.083
Pagina/page
Pagina/page
D840MGB.083
D840MGB.083
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

10.13
10.13PERIODICAL
PERIODICAL
RECOMMENDED
RECOMMENDED
SHEET
SHEET
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE

FOCUS
FOCUS
ON ON
THETHE
OPERATING
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
FORFOR
THETHE
PERIODICAL
PERIODICAL
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION EVERY
EVERY
2-32-3
COMPLETED
COMPLETED MONTHS
MONTHS

EVERY
EVERY
YEAR
YEAR

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
SEALING
SEALING
OF THE
OF THE
CYLINDER
CYLINDER
SEALS
SEALS

10.2.2
10.2.2

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
SEALING
SEALING
OF THE
OF THE
VALVE
VALVE
SEALS
SEALS

10.2.3
10.2.3

10.2.3
10.2.3

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
PIPEPIPE
SEALING
SEALING

10.2.1
10.2.1

10.2.1
10.2.1

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
OIL OIL
LEVEL
LEVEL
ANDAND
PRESERVATION
PRESERVATION
CLEANING
CLEANING
OF THE
OF THE
SHUT-OFF
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
VALVE
ANDAND
VALVE
VALVE
FILTERS
FILTERS
CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
ANDAND
ADJUSTING
ADJUSTING
AT TWICE
AT TWICE
THETHE
MAX
MAX
STATIC
STATIC
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
RUPTURE
RUPTURE
VALVE
VALVE
WORKING
WORKING

6.1 6.1

10.2.2
10.2.2

6.1 6.1

10.2.2
10.2.2
10.310.3

10.610.6

10.510.5

10.510.5

6.2 6.2
6.6 6.6

6.2 6.2
6.6 6.6

7.3 7.3
6.7 6.7
8.2.7
8.2.7

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
ANTI-CREEP
ANTI-CREEP
SYSTEM
SYSTEM

10.710.7

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
ANDAND
BATTERY
BATTERY

10.810.8

10.810.8

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
MOTOR
MOTOR
FEEDING
FEEDING
TIME
TIME

6.9 6.9

6.9 6.9

PLATES
PLATES
DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAMS
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS

10.910.9

10.910.9

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

10.2.3
10.2.3

10.610.6

7.3 7.3

CHECK
CHECK
OF THE
OF THE
ROPE
ROPE
ANTI-LOOSENING
ANTI-LOOSENING
COUNTERCOUNTER-PRESSURE
-PRESSURE

GENERAL
GENERAL
OVERHAUL
OVERHAUL

EVERY
EVERY
5-10
5-10
YEARS
YEARS

6.7 6.7
8.2.7
8.2.7
10.710.7

XXXX
XXXX

ENGLISH

PERIODICAL
PERIODICAL
RECOMMENDED
RECOMMENDED
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
84 84

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
11.11.DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
AND
AND
WEIGHTS
WEIGHTS
- OIL
- OIL
FOR
FOR
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.084
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.084
D840MGB.084
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

11.1
11.1DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
AND
AND
WEIGHTS
WEIGHTS
OFOF
THETHE
PUMP
PUMP
UNITS
UNITS
TheTheweights
weightsof ofthethepump
pumpunits
unitswith
withshut-off
shut-off
valve
valve
areare
divided
divided
perper
kind
kind
of of
tank
tank
andand
dodo
notnot
consider
considerthetheweight
weightdifferences
differencesof ofpumps
pumpsandand
motors
motors
of of
different
different
size.
size.
Consequently
Consequently
there
there
is ais a
areare
approx.
approx.
calculated
calculated
with
with
a 5%
a 5%
tolerance.
tolerance.

TANK
TANK
TYPE
TYPE

TANK
TANK
BASE
BASE
(HANDLES
(HANDLES
INCLUDED)
INCLUDED)
MMMM

HEIGHT
HEIGHT
(TANK
(TANK
+ VALVE)
+ VALVE)
MMMM

PUMP
PUMP
UNIT
UNIT
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
(OIL(OIL
EXCLUDED)
EXCLUDED)
KG KG

110110

774774
x 400
x 400

622622
+ 260
+ 260

105105

210210

904904
x 550
x 550

752752
+ 260
+ 260

145145

ENGLISH

320320

1024
1024
x 650
x 650

832832
+ 260
+ 260

176176

450450

1074
1074
x 700
x 700

952952
+ 270
+ 270

230230

680680

1324
1324
x 800
x 800

1002
1002
+ 280
+ 280

300300

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
85 85

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

11.2
11.2DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
AND
AND
WEIGHTS
WEIGHTS
OFOF
ONE-STAGE
ONE-STAGE
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
TheThe
following
following
table
table
reports
reports
thethe
quota
quota
"L "L
fix"fix"
to to
bebe
added
added
to to
thethe
total
total
runrun
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
to to
obtain
obtain
thethe
encumbrance
encumbrance
length.
length.

FIXED
FIXED
LENGTH
LENGTH FIXED
FIXED
LENGTH
LENGTH
ROPED
ROPED
DIRECT
DIRECT
ACTING
ACTING
MMMM
MMMM

TheThecylinder
cylinderweight
weighthashasto tobebecalculated
calculatedbyby
multiplying
multiplyingthethecylinder
cylinderrunrunin inmetres
metresperperthethe
weight/metre,
weight/metre,
plus
plus
thethe
fixfix
weight.
weight.

WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIXED
FIXED
WEIGHT
WEIGHT FIXED
FIXED
WEIGHT
WEIGHT FIXED
FIXED
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
METER/RUN
METER/RUN
ROPED
ROPED
DIR.DIR.
SIDE
SIDE
DIR.DIR.
CENTRAL
CENTRAL
KG/M
KG/M
KGKG
ACTING
ACTING
ACTING
ACTING
KGKG
KGKG

50 50
x 5x 5

205205

225225

16 16

18 18

28 28

32 32

60 60
x 5x 5

205205

240240

18,5
18,5

19 19

34 34

55 55

70 70
x 5x 5
80 80
x 5x 5

205205
205205

240240
240240

19 19
21 21

22 22
25 25

37 37
40 40

58 58
61 61

80 80
x 7,5
x 7,5

205205

240240

25 25

26 26

41 41

62 62

90 90
x 5x 5

205205

240240

25 25

29 29

44 44

65 65

90 90
x 7,5
x 7,5

205205

240240

30 30

30 30

45 45

66 66

90 90
x 10x 10

205205

240240

34 34

31 31

46 46

67 67

100100
x 5x 5

205205

240240

27 27

30 30

45 45

66 66

100100
x 7,5
x 7,5
100100
x 10
x 10

205205
205205

240240
240240

32 32
37 37

31 31
32 32

46 46
47 47

67 67
68 68

110110
x 5x 5

215215

255255

32 32

37 37

59 59

98 98

110110
x 7,5
x 7,5
110110
x 10x 10

215215
215215

255255
255255

38 38
43 43

38 38
39 39

60 60
61 61

99 99
100100
103103

120120
x 5x 5

215215

255255

35 35

42 42

35 35

120120
x 7,5
x 7,5

215215

255255

40 40

45 45

40 40

106106

120120
x 10x 10

215215

255255

46 46

47 47

46 46

108108

120120
x 12,5
x 12,5

215215

255255

52 52

48 48

52 52

109109

130130
x 5x 5
130130
x 7,5
x 7,5

215215
215215

255255
255255

39 39
46 46

53 53
55 55

75 75
77 77

114114
116116

130130
x 10x 10
150150
x 6x 6

215215
215215

255255
255255

53 53
49 49

56 56
57 57

78 78
79 79

117117
118118

150150
x 7,5
x 7,5

215215

255255

54 54

58 58

80 80

119119

150150
x 10x 10

215215

255255

62 62

60 60

82 82

121121

180180
x 10x 10

260260

315315

89 89

97 97

152152

204204

200200
x 10x 10

260260

315315

112112

106106

161161

213213

230230
x 15
x 15

260260

315315

151151

151151

206206

258258

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

ROD
ROD
XTHICKNESS
X THICKNESS
MMMM

Pagina/page
D840M3L.085
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.085
D840MGB.085
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
86 86

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

11.3
11.3DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
AND
AND
WEIGHTS
WEIGHTS
OFOF
THETHE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS,
CYLINDERS,
FILLING
FILLING
OILOIL
AND
AND
OILOIL
FOR
FOR
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
TheTheencumbrance
encumbrancelength
lengthof ofthethetelescopic
telescopic
cylinders
cylinders
is is
calculated
calculated
dividing
dividing
thethe
total
total
runrun
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
perper
K factor
K factor
andand
adding
adding
value
value
XL XorL or
in in
thethe
following
following
table.
table.
XC Xreported
C reported
TOTAL
TOTAL
RUN
RUN
(mm)
(mm)
L =L =-----------------------------------+ X+L/CXL/C
(mm)
(mm)(Upper
(Upper
plate
plate
K K
included)
included)
XL =
XL =fixfix
length
length
forfor
direct
direct
side
side
acting
acting
cylinders;
cylinders;
fixfix
length
length
forfor
direct
direct
central
central
acting
acting
cylinders;
cylinders;
XC X=C =

Pagina/page
D840M3L.086
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.086
D840MGB.086
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

TheThe
cylinder
cylinder
weight
weight
is is
calculated
calculated
by by
multiplying
multiplying
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
runrun
in in
metres
metres
perper
thethe
weight/metre,
weight/metre,
plus
plus
thethe
fixfix
weight.
weight.
TheThefixfixweight
weightof ofthethetelescopic
telescopiccylinders
cylindersis is
strongly
stronglyinfluenced
influencedby bysome
somevariants
variantswhich
which
depend
depend
onon
thethe
runrun
of of
thethe
cylinder
cylinder
itself.
itself.
- -Presence
Presence
or or
notnot
of of
guide
guide
arms.
arms.
- -Length
Length
of of
internal
internal
spacers
spacers
forfor
thethe
synchronism
synchronism
- -Different
Different
sizesize
of of
thethe
rupture
rupture
valve,
valve,
etc.etc.
NOTE:
NOTE:
THETHE
THEORETICAL
THEORETICAL
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
DRAWN
DRAWN
FROM
FROM
THETHETABLES
TABLESCAN
CANBEBELIGHTLY
LIGHTLYDIFFERENT
DIFFERENTFROM
FROM
THETHE
REAL
REAL
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
OFOF
THETHE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDER.
CYLINDER.

TWO-STAGE
TWO-STAGE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
TYPE
TYPE
CT-2
CT-2

ENGLISH

RODROD
TYPE
TYPE
MMMM

CT-2CT-240 40 CT-2-50
CT-2-50
40/55
40/55 50/70
50/70

CT-2-63
CT-2-63 CT-2-70
CT-2-70 CT-2-85
CT-2-85
63/85
63/85
70/100
70/100 85/120
85/120

CT-2-100
CT-2-100
100/140
100/140

CT-2-120
CT-2-120 CT-2-140
CT-2-140
120/160
120/160 140/200
140/200

K K
FACTOR
FACTOR

1,95
1,95

1,93
1,93

1,98
1,98

1,90
1,90

1,998
1,998

1,93
1,93

1,99
1,99

1,90
1,90

XLXDIRECT
SIDE
SIDE
L DIRECT
ACTING
ACTING
MMMM

650650

670670

690690

710710

715715

755755

785785

815815

CENTRAL
CENTRAL
XCXDIR.
C DIR.
ACTING
ACTING
MMMM

635635

655655

675675

690690

695695

735735

765765

785785

WEIGHT
WEIGHT
METER/RUN
METER/RUN
KG/M
KG/M

15 15

22 22

30 30

43 43

62 62

71 71

76 76

106106

FIX FIX
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
DIRECT
DIRECT
SIDE
SIDE
ACTING
ACTING
KG KG

80 80

110110

140140

190190

270270

300300

370370

450450

FIX FIX
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
DIRECT
DIRECT
CENTRAL
CENTRAL
ACTING
ACTING
KG KG

110110

140140

170170

230230

320320

350350

430430

520520

FILLING
FILLING
OILOIL
L/ML/M
RUNRUN

0,90,9

1,51,5

2,32,3

3,03,0

4,14,1

6,06,0

8,58,5

12,3
12,3

OILOIL
FORFOR
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
L/ML/M
RUNRUN

1,81,8

2,82,8

4,34,3

5,75,7

8,58,5

11,411,4

15,7
15,7

22,6
22,6

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

D840MGB
D840MGB7-04-2006
7-04-20069:45
9:45Pagina
Pagina
87 87

OPERATING
OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONSFOR
FORHYDRAULIC
HYDRAULICCOMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

Pagina/page
D840M3L.087
Pagina/page
Pagina/pageD840MGB.087
D840MGB.087
Data/date
30.06.1999
Data/date
Data/date
30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
30.06.1999
Versione/issue 30.06.1999
30.06.1999
Versione/issue
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Approvato/approved:
Technical Department
Technical
Department
Technical
Department

THREE-STAGE
THREE-STAGE
TELESCOPIC
TELESCOPIC
CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
TYPE
TYPE
CT CT
- 3- 3

KK
FACTOR
FACTOR

CT-3CT-340 40 CT-3-50
CT-3-50 CT-3-63
CT-3-63 CT-3-70
CT-3-70 CT-3-85
CT-3-85 CT-3-100
CT-3-100 CT-3-120
CT-3-120 CT-3-140
CT-3-140
40/55/80
40/55/8050/70/100
50/70/100 63/85/120
63/85/12070/100/140
70/100/14085/120/170
85/120/170100/140/200
100/140/200120/160/230
120/160/230140/200/285
140/200/285
2,935
2,935

2,843
2,843

2,980
2,980

2,875
2,875

2,992
2,992

2,843
2,843

2,998
2,998

2,834
2,834

XLXDIRECT
SIDE
SIDE
L DIRECT
ACTING
ACTING
740740
MMMM

805805

850850

870870

875875

945945

985985

1015
1015

XCX
C
DIRECT
DIRECT
CENTRAL
CENTRAL 725725
ACTING
ACTING
MMMM

790790

835835

850850

850850

920920

955955

985985

WEIGHT
WEIGHT
METER/RUN
METER/RUN
KG/M
KG/M

18 18

27 27

35 35

46 46

72 72

92 92

113113

165165

FIXFIX
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
DIRECT
DIRECT
SIDE
SIDE
ACTING
ACTING
KG KG

140140

160160

230230

260260

310310

480480

530530

750750

200200

270270

315315

370370

550550

620620

830830

2,02,0

3,03,0

4,74,7

6,26,2

9,29,2

11,911,9

16,3
16,3

23,1
23,1

2,92,9

4,44,4

6,76,7

9,09,0

13,3
13,3

17,7
17,7

23,6
23,6

35,8
35,8

FIXFIX
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
DIRECT
DIRECT
CENTRAL
CENTRAL 180180
ACTING
ACTING
KG KG
FILLING
FILLING
OILOIL
L/ML/M
RUN
RUN
OILOIL
FORFOR
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
L/ML/M
RUN
RUN

AllAllrights
rightsarearereserved.
reserved.TheThereproduction,
reproduction,even
even
partial,
partial,is banned.
is banned.
Subject
Subject
to to
change
change
without
without
notice.
notice.

Possibili
Possibili
variazioni
variazioni
senzasenza
preavviso!
preavviso!
Subject
Subject
to change
to change
without
without
notice!
notice!

ENGLISH

ROD
ROD
TYPE
TYPE
MMMM

Hydraulic cylinders

Pagina/Page
D842MGB.010
Data/Date
09.2008
Versione/Issue
1

Operating instructions
- Check the rod surface half metre by half metre, all along

its length, making a slow down travel with hand


emergency.

Scraper

Get rid of any irregularities found visually or


touching it by using a thin abrasive paper (320
400). In case scores are deep or damages are
important, fix the paper on a wooden support.

Guide ring
OR on the thread
Iron ring

- After having controlled the last half metre of the rod,


operate to replace the seals.

Block the car, using stops in the most comfortable


position. In case of indirect acting installations,
block with a stop even the support of the pulley.

Main seal

Guide ring

- In case of direct acting installation disconnect the rod


from the frame. While in case of indirect acting ones,
disconnect the rod from the pulley.
Clean the cylinder head, unscrew completely the
screw of the counter-pressure. Make the rod break
back with the hand manoeuvre until the
manometer shows pressure = zero.

OR joint

- Unscrew the threaded iron ring holding the seals.


- Remove the old seal, the Oring on the thread and the
scraper.

- Control and clean the guide rings and position them in

their place. (Have access to the second guide ring by


taking out the metal bush, laying under the iron ring,
screwing two small screws M3 on the bush itself to lift it).

- Clean and control the seats, reassemble the new seals,


paying attention not to damage them and position them
in the same way as the old ones. (The writing PRESSURE
SIDE, if existing, has to be turned toward the cylinder
inside!).

Draw. n. 6 Replacement of the seal on a one-stage cylinder

- Reassemble the bush (in case it has been taken out),


screw again the iron ring with the new seal, purge the
air and put the installation into action.

Subject to change without notice!

Soggetto a modifica senza preavviso!

OMARLIFT
WITTUR
HYDRAULIC DRIVES